PIXMA TS5320 - Printer CANON - Free user manual and instructions
Find the device manual for free PIXMA TS5320 CANON in PDF.
User questions about PIXMA TS5320 CANON
0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.
Ask a new question about this device
Download the instructions for your Printer in PDF format for free! Find your manual PIXMA TS5320 - CANON and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. PIXMA TS5320 by CANON.
USER MANUAL PIXMA TS5320 CANON
Symbols Used in This Document. 11
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows).... 12
Trademarks and Licenses. 13
Basic Operation. 28
Printing Photos from a Computer. 29
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet. 34
Copying. 37
Network. 41
Restrictions. 43
Network Connection Tips. 45
Default Network Settings. 46
Detect Same Printer Name. 48
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection. 49
Printing Network Settings....50
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection. 55
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows).... 56
IJ Network Device Setup Utility.... 57
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. 58
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. 59
Performing/Changing Network Settings.... 60
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen. 61
Performing Network Settings.... 65
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings. 66
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings. 69
Assigning Printer Information. 74
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. 75
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection.... 76
Handling Paper, Originals, FINE Cartridges, etc. 78
Loading Paper....79
Paper Sources....80
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray.... 81
Loading Paper in the Cassette. 86
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray.... 91
Loading Originals. 95
Loading Originals on Platen. 96
Supported Originals. 98
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover. 99
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. 101
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. 102
Checking Ink Status on the LCD.... 107
Ink Tips.... 108
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven. 109
Maintenance Procedure.... 110
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern.... 113
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern.... 114
Cleaning the Print Head. 116
Deep Print Head Cleaning.... 118
Aligning the Print Head. 120
Aligning the Print Head Manually. 122
Cleaning. 126
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers.... 127
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). 129
Overview.... 132
Safety.... 133
Safety Precautions.... 134
Regulatory Information.... 137
WEEE (EU&EEA).... 139
Handling Precautions.... 150
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying.... 151
Printer Handling Precautions.... 152
Transporting Your Printer.... 153
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer.... 155
Keeping Print Quality High. 156
Main Components and Their Use. 157
Main Components.... 158
Front View. 159
Rear View. 161
Inside View.... 162
Operation Panel.... 163
Power Supply.... 164
Checking that Power Is On. 165
Turning the Printer On and Off. 166
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. 168
Unplugging the Printer.... 169
LCD and Operation Panel. 170
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols. 173
Changing Settings.... 175
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows). 176
Changing the Print Options.... 177
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile. 178
Setting the Ink to be Used.... 180
Managing the Printer Power.... 181
Changing the Printer Operation Mode.... 183
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. 185
Changing Settings from Operation Panel.... 186
Setting Items on Operation Panel.... 188
Print settings.... 189
LAN settings.... 190
Other device settings.... 195
Language selection.... 196
Firmware update.... 197
Reset setting. 198
Feed settings. 199
Web service setup.... 200
ECO settings.... 201
Quiet setting.... 203
System information. 204
Specifications. 205
Information about Paper.... 208
Supported Media Types. 209
Paper Load Limit. 212
Unsupported Media Types. 214
Handling Paper. 215
Printing. 216
Printing from Computer.... 217
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver). 218
Basic Printing Setup.... 219
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). 223
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size).... 225
Various Printing Methods.... 226
Setting a Page Size and Orientation. 227
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order.... 228
Perform Borderless Printing.... 230
Scaled Printing. 233
Page Layout Printing. 236
Tiling/Poster Printing. 238
Duplex Printing. 241
Setting Up Envelope Printing. 245
Printing on Postcards.... 247
Overview of the Printer Driver. 249
Canon IJ Printer Driver.... 250
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen.... 251
Canon IJ Status Monitor.... 252
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer.... 254
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver).... 255
Printer Driver Description.... 257
Quick Setup Tab Description.... 258
Main Tab Description.... 265
Page Setup Tab Description.... 269
Maintenance Tab Description.... 281
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description. 283
Installing the MP Drivers. 286
Printing Using Canon Application Software. 287
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. 288
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct. 289
Paper Settings. 294
Copying. 298
Making Copies. 299
Setting Items for Copying. 300
Scanning. 302
Scanning from Computer (Windows).... 303
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility). 304
IJ Scan Utility Features. 305
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan).... 307
Scanning Documents and Photos. 308
Creating/Editing PDF Files. 309
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear). 312
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?...... 313
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver).... 315
Scanning in Basic Mode. 316
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens. 319
Basic Mode Tab.... 320
Advanced Mode Tab. 328
General Notes (Scanner Driver).... 334
Scanning Tips.... 336
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). 337
Network Scan Settings.... 339
Frequently Asked Questions. 342
Network Settings and Common Problems.... 344
Network Communication Problems.... 346
Cannot Find Printer on Network. 347
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows).... 348
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Power Status.... 349
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking PC Network Connection. 350
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings. 351
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking Wi-Fi Environment. 352
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's IP Address. 354
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking Security Software Settings. 355
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking Wireless Router Settings. 356
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen. 357
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi. 359
Network Connection Problems.... 362
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason. 363
Network Key (Password) Unknown. 368
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings. . . . . . . 370
Other Network Problems.... 372
Checking Network Information.... 373
Restoring to Factory Defaults. 376
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet. 377
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet. 378
Printing Problems. 382
Printer Does Not Print. 383
Ink Does Not Come Out. 386
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error. 388
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory. 390
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines. 392
Colors Are Unclear. 395
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted. 397
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched.... 398
Vertical Line Next to Image. 402
Scanning Problems (Windows).... 403
Scanning Problems. 404
Scanner Does Not Work. 405
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start. 406
Mechanical Problems. 407
Printer Does Not Turn On. 408
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly. 409
USB Connection Problems. 411
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB. 412
Wrong Language Appears in LCD. 413
Installation and Download Problems. 414
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows).... 415
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows).... 416
Errors and Messages.... 417
When Error Occurred.... 418
Message (Support Code) Appears. 420
List of Support Code for Error. 423
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams). 425
-
426
-
428
-
429
-
430
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer.... 431
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side. 434
- 438
Paper is Not in the Cassette (1003). 439
1200....440
1401.... 441
- 442
1485.... 443
- 444
1686 445
1687....446
1688....447
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890).... 448
2110....449
- 452
2114.... 455 - 458
5011.... 459
5012....460 - 461
- 462
5B02. 463
6000....464
C000. 465
Using Online Manual
▶ Operating Environment
Symbols Used in This Document
▶ Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
▶ Printing Online Manual
Trademarks and Licenses
▶ Screenshots in This Manual
Symbols Used in This Document
⚠ Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
- Icons may vary depending on your product.
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click" with "press and hold."
Trademarks and Licenses
- Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
- Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
- Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
- Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
• Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. - IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under license.
- Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc. Google Play and Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
- Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB (1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
- Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
- Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.
- USB Type-C™ is a trademark of USB Implementers Forum.
Note
- The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
- Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
-
Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.
-
Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:
-
You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
- You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and
- You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
- If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
-
Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
-
Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
-
Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
- Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
- Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) ----
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) ----
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) ----
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) ----
Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All rights reserved.
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) ----
Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) ----
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) ----
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 oss@fabasoft.com
Author: Bernhard Penz bernhard.penz@fabasoft.com
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) ----
Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) ----
Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
LEADTOOLS
Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc.
CMap Resources
Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved.
Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Written by Joel Sherrill joel@OARcorp.com.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY. IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which all encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports. ('as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us. ('royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. ('credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
......
Portions of this software are copyright ©
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
......
Please replace
Legal Terms
- Definitions
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the `FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
'You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where 'using' is a generic term including compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a 'program' or 'executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code, binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify this.
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED 'AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute, perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project (in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file ('FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial, advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library', or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right to use, distribute, and modify it.
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
o freetype@nongnu.org
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the documentation.
o freetype-devel@nongnu.org
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT ---
The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties of merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.
JSON for Modern C++
Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS," AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Basic Operation
▶ Printing Photos from a Computer
▶ Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet
Copying
Printing Photos from a Computer
This section describes how to print photos with Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
- Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).

text_image
Diagram of a printer with labeled parts A and B, showing the open lid and paper structure.- Open the feed slot cover (C).
- Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.

text_image
Diagram illustrating the process of printer press application, showing steps C and D with labeled components.- Load photo paper in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.

text_image
Diagram showing a printer with a download arrow and a separate icon labeled 'R' pointing to it.- Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of paper stack.

natural_image
Diagram of a printer with paper feeding into a stack, showing internal components and a close-up view of the base (no text or symbols)- Close feed slot cover (C) gently.

natural_image
Diagram of a printer with a paperclip and cable attachment, showing internal components and a close-up view of the cable (no text or symbols present)After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the LCD.
- If page size and media type on LCD match size and type of paper loaded in rear tray, select OK.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.

text_image
Rear tray L 89x127mm Plus Glossy II OK Change- Pull out the paper output tray (E) and open the paper output support (F).

text_image
Diagram showing printer printing process with labeled parts F and E, including a hand inserting a component into a printer.- Start Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
For Windows:
The procedure below is for a computer running the Windows 10 operating system.
From the Start menu, select (All apps >) Canon Utilities > Easy-PhotoPrint Editor.
For macOS:
From the Go menu in Finder, select Application and double-click the Canon Utilities folder, the Easy-PhotoPrint Editor folder, and then the Easy-PhotoPrint Editor icon.
- Click Photos icon (G).

text_image
Core Copy PhotoPrint Editor File Edit Help New View Bars Favorites NextPage Photos Photos Layouts Coulages Calendars Cards Mac Labels Posters Business Cards Scrapbook Stickers 22 Photos- Click Browse (H) in Computer: and select folder with photos you want to print.

text_image
Cross-Gray-PockFirst Library File Edit View Help Photo Locations Show: Photography from one of the locations below First computer Browse H- Click photos (I) you want to print and select Open (J).
For Windows:
To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the Ctrl key.
For macOS:
To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the command key.

text_image
Select Photo This PC > Pictures Organise > New folder This PC 3D Objects Desktop Documents Downloads Music Pictures Videos Local Disk (C:) Local Disk (D:) Network IMG_0010.jpg IMG_0011.jpg IMG_0012.jpg IMG_0014.jpg IMG_0015.jpg IMG_0016.jpg IMG_0017.jpg IMG_0018.jpg IMG_0019.jpg IMG_0020.jpg IMG_0021.jpg IMG_0022.jpg File name: IMG_0011.jpg All Supported Files (*.jpg**.jpeg) Open- Specify number of copies and other options under Print Settings (K).
For Windows:
Specify the number of copies, your model name, the paper size, and other options.
For macOS:
Specify the number of copies, the paper size, and other options.
Note
- Selecting Same No. of each photo enables you to specify the number of copies for all photos with a single setting.
- Selecting Same No. of each photo disables the number-of-copies setting specified for each
photo. When unchecked, the previous settings for each copy are re-enabled. for specifying the number of copies is also re-enabled.
14. Start printing.
For Windows:
Click Print (L).
For macOS:
Click Next. When the Print dialog appears, specify your model name, paper, and other options, and then click Print.

text_image
Cancs Day-Printed Sheet File Edit Help 1 1 1 Port Settings Frame: Cancel 100.000 samples Fillet Box 4 x8" 10x10x9 Mesh Type Photo Paper Plus Glass Layer Style: Automatically Select Auto copy to Paste are corrected Uniformize printing Copy Anti-Glassy: Standard Dwg: 25640 TOM: 3.700 Return to Home Screen Back New 223466 Print K LNote
- Easy-PhotoPrint Editor lets you easily create and print original collages, cards, or calendars using your favorite photos.
→ Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
Printing Photos from a Smartphone/Tablet
This section describes how to print photos with Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
For details on how to download Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, see below.
→ Print Photos from Your Smartphone
- Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).

text_image
Diagram of a printer with labeled parts A and B, showing an open lid and paper structure with directional arrows.- Open the feed slot cover (C).
- Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.

text_image
Diagram illustrating the process of printer press application, showing steps C and D with labeled components.- Load photo paper in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.

text_image
Diagram showing a printer with a download arrow and a separate icon labeled 'R' pointing to it.- Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of paper stack.

natural_image
Diagram of a printer with paper feeding into a stack, showing internal components and a close-up view of the base (no text or symbols)- Close feed slot cover (C) gently.

natural_image
Diagram of a printer with a paperclip and cable attachment, showing internal structure and a close-up view of the cable (no text or symbols present)After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the LCD.
- If page size and media type on LCD match size and type of paper loaded in rear tray, select OK.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.

text_image
Rear tray L 89x127mm Plus Glossy II OK Change- Pull out the paper output tray (E) and open the paper output support (F).

text_image
Diagram showing printer printing process with labeled parts F and E, including a hand inserting a component into a printer.
-
Start (Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY) from your smartphone/tablet.
-
Select Photo Print on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
The list of photos saved on your smartphone/tablet is displayed.
- Select a photo.
You can also select multiple photos at once.
-
Specify the number of copies, paper size, etc.
-
Start printing.
Copying
This section describes how to load originals and copy them to plain paper loaded in the cassette.
- Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.

text_image
Diagram showing printer operation with labeled parts and directional arrows indicating process flow- Remove the cassette cover (B).

natural_image
3D diagram of a device casing with a blue arrow indicating rotation, labeled 'B' (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)-
Slide paper guides (C) in front and (D) on right to open guides.
-
Load plain paper in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN.

text_image
Diagram of a device showing labeled components C and D with arrows indicating flow or movement, likely illustrating a mechanical or electronic assembly.- Align paper guides (C) in front and (D) on right with paper length and width.

text_image
Diagram illustrating a device assembly with labeled components C and D, showing directional arrows indicating movement or assembly.- Mount cassette cover (B) and insert cassette into printer.

natural_image
Diagram showing a printer being placed on a plastic sheet with blue arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols present)- Pull out the paper output tray (E) and open the paper output support (F).

text_image
Diagram showing printer printing process with labeled parts F and E, including a hand inserting a component into a printer.- Open document cover (G).
- Load original WITH SIDE TO COPY FACING DOWN and align it with alignment mark (H).

text_image
H G- Close the document cover.
- Check paper settings and press Start button (I).

text_image
Diagram showing printer printing process with control panel and directional buttonsImportant
- Do not open the document cover until copying is complete.
Note
- Your printer is equipped with many other convenient copy features.
→ Copying
Available Connection Methods
The following connection methods are available on the printer.
- Wireless Connection

Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) using a wireless router.
If you have a wireless router, we recommend you use one for wireless connection.

- Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.
- You can change network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol on the printer.
- When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
- Wireless Direct
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) without using a wireless router.

- While you are using the printer with Wireless Direct, Internet connection from the printer becomes unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
• If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the Wireless Direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply. - In the Wireless Direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears, disconnect a device you do not use and configure settings again.
• Network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol are specified automatically.
Note
- You can connect the printer and computer using a USB cable (USB connection). Prepare a USB cable. For details, see Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection.
Network Connection Settings/Setup
Perform connection setup for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
For more on setup procedure, click here.
Changing Network Settings
See below for changing connection settings for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
• To change network connection method:
→ Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
→ Changing the Connection Mode
- To add computer/smartphone/tablet to the printer:
→ Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
- To use Wireless Direct temporarily:
→ Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
IJ Network Device Setup Utility checks or diagnoses the settings of the printer and those of computer and restores the status of them if anything is wrong with network connection. Select either link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
→ Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
- Performing/Changing Network Settings (Windows)
For Windows, you can perform network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
- Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings (Windows/macOS)
You can diagnose or repair network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- For Windows:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
- For macOS:
→ IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS)
Network Connection Tips
See below for tips on using the printer via network connection.
→ Network Connection Tips
→ Handling Printer Configuration using the Web Browser
→ Countermeasures against Unauthorized Access
Troubleshooting
See Network Settings and Common Problems for troubleshooting on network connection.
Notice/Restriction
See below for details.
- Restrictions on network settings:
→ Restrictions - Notices when printing using web service:
→ Notice for Web Service Printing
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a computer) is already connected to the printer, connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
Connect via wireless router
- Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings, see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a wireless router. - Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of wireless routers vary depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
- This printer does not support IEEE802.11ac, IEEE802.11a, or IEEE802.11n (5 GHz). Check if your device supports IEEE802.11n (2.4 GHz), IEEE802.11g or IEEE802.11b.
- If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security protocol. Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or change the setting to something other than "IEEE802.11n only."
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete. - For office use, consult your network administrator.
- Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
- If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer in Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
- When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information will be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
- To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the device.
For details on changing the settings of your device, see the manual supplied with the device or contact its manufacturer.
- If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
- In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again.
• Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other. - Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Wireless Direct.
- When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
Network Connection Tips
Default Network Settings
▶ Detect Same Printer Name
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
▶ Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
LAN Connection Defaults
| Item Default | |
| Enable/Disable LAN Disable LAN | |
| Network name(SSID) BJNPSETUP | |
| Wi-Fi security Disable | |
| IP address (IPv4) Auto setup | |
| IP address (IPv6) Auto setup | |
| Set printer name*XXXXXXXXXX | |
| Enable/disable IPv6 Enable | |
| Enable/disable WSD Enable | |
| Timeout setting 15 min. | |
| Enable/disable Bonjour Enable | |
| Service name Canon TS5300 series | |
| LPR protocol setting Enable | |
| RAW protocol Enable | |
| LLMNR Enable | |
| PictBridge communication (Enable/disable communication) | Enable |
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.
→ LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
| Item Default | |
| SSID/device name DIRECT-abXX-TS5300series *1 | |
| Password | YYYYYYYYYY *2 |
| Wi-Fi security | WPA2-PSK (AES) |
| Connection request confirmation | Displayed |
*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
*2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
- For Windows:
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
- For macOS:
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
- Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
→ Printing Network Settings
Note
- You can check the printer's MAC address and the serial number by displaying on the LCD.
→ System information
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, click here and perform setup.
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.

Important
- The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
- Press OK button on HOME screen.
-
Select Device settings and press OK button.
-
Select LAN settings and press OK button.
-
Select Print details and press OK button.
-
Select Yes and press OK button.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not displayed depending on the printer settings.)
| Item Number | Item Description Setting | ||
| 1 Product Information | Information Product information – | ||
| 1-1 Product | Name Product name XXXXXXXX | ||
| 1-2 ROM Version | ROM version XXXXXXXX | ||
| 1-3 Serial Number | Serial number XXXXXXXX | ||
| 2 Network Diagnostics | Diagnostics Network diagnostics – | ||
| 2-1 Diagnostic | Result Diagnostic result XXXXXXXX | ||
| 2-2 Result Codes | Result codes XXXXXXXX | ||
| 2-3 Result Code Details | Result code details http://carlon.com/ijnwt | ||
| 3 Wireless LAN | Wireless LAN Enable/Disable | ||
| 3-2 Infrastructure | Infrastructure | Enable/Disable | |
| 3-2-1 | Signal Strength | Signal strength | 0 to 100 [%] |
| 3-2-2 Link Quality Link quality 0 to 100 [%] | ||||
| 3-2-3 Frequency Frequency XX (GHz) | ||||
| 3-2-4 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX | ||||
| 3-2-5 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive | ||||
| 3-2-6 SSID SSID Wireless LAN network name (SSID) | ||||
| 3-2-7 Channel Channel XX (1 to 13) | ||||
| 3-2-8 Encryption Encryption method None/WEP/TKIP/AES | ||||
| 3-2-9 WEP Key Length WEP key length (bits) Inactive/128/64 | ||||
| 3-2-10 Authentication Authentication method None/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK | ||||
| 3-2-11 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable | ||||
| 3-2-12 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX | ||||
| 3-2-13 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX | ||||
| 3-2-14 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX | ||||
| 3-2-15 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable | ||||
| 3-2-16 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXXXXXXX:XXXXX:XXXXX:XXXXX | ||||
| 3-2-17 Link Local Prefix Length Link local prefix length XXX | ||||
| 3-2-18 Stateless Address1 Stateless address 1 XXXX:XXXXX:XXXXXXXXX:XXXXX:XXXXX:XXXXX | ||||
| 3-2-19 Stateless Prefix Length1 Stateless prefix length 1 XXX | ||||
| 3-2-20 Stateless Address2 Stateless address 2 XXXX:XXXXX:XXXXXXXXX:XXXXX:XXXXX:XXXXX | ||||
| 3-2-21 Stateless Prefix Length2 Stateless prefix length 2 XXX | ||||
| 3-2-22 Stateless Address3 Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXXX:XXXXXXXXX:XXXXX:XXXXX:XXXXX | ||||
| 3-2-23 Stateless Prefix Length3 Stateless prefix length 3 XXX | ||||
| 3-2-24 Stateless Address4 Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXXX:XXXXXXXXX:XXXXX:XXXXX:XXXXX | ||||
| 3-2-25 Stateless PrefixLength4 | Stateless prefix length4 | XXX | |
| 3-2-26 Default Gateway1 Default gateway | way 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX | XXXXXXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX | |
| 3-2-27 Default Gateway2 Default gateway | way 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX | XXXXXXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX | |
| 3-2-28 Default Gateway3 Default gateway | way 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX | XXXXXXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX | |
| 3-2-29 Default Gateway4 Default gateway | way 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX | XXXXXXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX | |
| 3-2-33 IPsec IPsec setting Active | |||
| 3-2-34 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH | |||
| 3-3 Wireless Direct Operation mode for Wireless Direct | Enable/Disable | ||
| 3-3-1 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX | |||
| 3-3-2 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive | |||
| 3-3-3 SSID SSID Wireless Direct network name (SSID) | |||
| 3-3-4 Password Password Wireless Direct password (10 alphanumeric characters) | |||
| 3-3-5 Channel Channel 3 | |||
| 3-3-6 Encryption Encryption method AES | |||
| 3-3-7 Authentication Authentication method WPA2-PSK | |||
| 3-3-8 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable | |||
| 3-3-9 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX | |||
| 3-3-10 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX | |||
| 3-3-11 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX | |||
| 3-3-12 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable | |||
| 3-3-13 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXXXXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX | |||
| 3-3-14 Link Local Prefix Length | Link local prefix length | XXX | |
| 3-3-15 IPsec IPsec setting Active | |||
| 3-3-16 Security Protocol Security method – | |||
| 5 Other Settings | Other settings – | ||
| 5-1 Printer Name | Printer name Printer | name (Up to 15 alphanumeric characters) | |
| 5-2 Wireless | Direct Dev-Name | Device name for wireless direct | Device name for wireless direct (Up to 32 alphanumeric characters) |
| 5-4 WSD Printing | WSD printing setting | Enable/Disable | |
| 5-5 WSD Timeout | Timeout Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min] | ||
| 5-6 LPD Printing | LPD printing setting | Enable/Disable | |
| 5-7 RAW Printing | RAW printing setting | Enable/Disable | |
| 5-9 Bonjour | Bonjour setting Enable/Disable | ||
| 5-10 Bonjour | Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric characters) | ||
| 5-11 LLMNR | LLMNR setting | Enable/Disable | |
| 5-12 SNMP | SNMP setting Enable/Disable | ||
| 5-13 PictBridge | Commun. PictBridge Communication | Enable/Disable | |
| 5-14 DNS Server | Obtain DNS server address automatically | Auto/Manual | |
| 5-15 Primary | Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX | ||
| 5-16 Secondary | Server Secondary server address | XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX | |
| 5-17 Proxy Server | Proxy server setting Enable/Disable | ||
| 5-18 Proxy Address | Proxy addressXXXXXXXXXXXXXX | ||
| 5-19 Proxy Port | Proxy port specification 1 to 655 | ||
| 5-20 Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1) | Certificate finger-print(SHA-1) | xxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx | |
| 5-21 Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-256) | Certificate finger-print(SHA-256) | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx | |
| 6 Bluetooth | Bluetooth settings – | ||
| 6-1 Bluetooth | Setting Bluetooth | Enable/Disable | |
| 6-3 Bluetooth | Device Address | Bluetooth device address of the printer | XXXXXXXXX |
| 6-5 Bluetooth | Device Name Bluetooth | device name of the printer | XXXXXXXXX |
| 7 Web Services | Web Services – | ||
| 7-1 | Unsent Usage Logs Number of unsent usage logs | 0 to 200 | |
| 7-2 | Usage Log Last Sent Last date when usage log was sent | XXXXXXXXX | |
| 7-3 | Web Service Status Registration status Not set/Disabled/Registration pending/Registered | ||
| 7-4 | Log Transmission Status | Transmission result Not activated/Processing/Server error/Connection error/Timeout error/Error/Awaiting server response/Active | |
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
Follow either procedure below to change Wi-Fi connection method (infrastructure or Wireless Direct).
- For Windows:
- Click here and redo setup.
• Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Important
- Before you perform settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, turn on Easy wireless connect mode on the printer following the procedure below.
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Press and hold (Wireless connect) button for 3 seconds.
→ LCD and Operation Panel - Follow instructions on your smartphone or tablet.
- If message saying setup is completed appears, press OK button.
- For macOS:
Click here and redo setup.
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
▶ Performing/Changing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose or repair the network status, and to perform printer settings on network.
Use IJ Network Device Setup Utility for:
- Searching printers on network and performing initial network setup for detected printers
- Performing initial network setup by connecting the printer and computer using a USB cable (Not available for some models)
- Changing printer network settings
- Diagnosing the settings of the printer and those of computer on which IJ Network Device Setup Utility is installed if anything is wrong with connection. In addition, IJ Network Device Setup Utility repairs the status of the printer and computer (Not available for some models).
Important
- Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase. When you change the network settings, authentication by the administrator password is required.
For details:
→ Administrator Password
For improving security, we recommend to change the administrator password.
→ Change Administrator Password
- To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type, such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
- When you install IJ Network Device Setup Utility, disable block function of firewall.
- Do not change network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility while printing is in progress.
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility as shown below.
- In Windows 10, select Start > (All apps >) > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select IJ Network Device Setup Utility on the Start screen to start IJ Network Device Setup Utility. If IJ Network Device Setup Utility is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "IJ Network Device Setup Utility".
- In Windows 7 or Windows Vista, click Start and select All Programs, Canon Utilities, IJ Network Device Setup Utility, and then IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
When you start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility, a message appears. Check the message and select Yes. The screen below appears.

text_image
Canon U Network Device Setup Utility Diagnose and Repair Printer Network Setup Online ManualSelect Diagnose and Repair or Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
• If you select Diagnose and Repair:
→ Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
- If you select Printer Network Setup:
→ Performing/Changing Network Settings
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
IJ Network Device Setup Utility diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the computer and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.

Important
- Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Follow the procedure below.
- Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- Check the displayed message and select Yes.
- Select Diagnose and Repair on the displayed screen.
Perform operations following the instructions on the screen.

Note
- This function checks the following items:
— whether the computer is connected to the router
— whether a web page on the Internet can be viewed
— whether the printer can be detected on the network
— whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
— whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
Performing/Changing Network Settings
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
▶ Performing Network Settings
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
→ Menus on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Toolbar
Items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
The screen below appears when you start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility and select Printer Network Setup. Detected printers are listed on the screen and the items below are shown.

text_image
A Product Name Serial Number (Last 5 Digits) Status IF Address Location Connection M... Setting Method MAC Address Device Name IPv6 Your computer and printer can be used on the network. To check or change the settings, select from the [Printer Settings] menu. K 3 printer(s)A: Product Name
Displays the product name of detected printer. The icon below appears on the left if the printer cannot be used.
: Appears when the printer requires setup or has not been configured.
IP: Appears when the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
: Appears when you cannot communicate with the printer.
Note
- If a printer you want to use is not detected, try to set the criteria for printer search.
Setting Criteria for Printer Search/Searching Specific Printer - Right-clicking a printer displays setting items or items to confirm.
B: Serial Number (Last 5 Digits)
Displays the last five digits of printer's serial number.
C: Status
Displays the printer status as shown below.
• Available
Indicates the printer is available.
- Setup Completed
Appears after performing network setup and clicking Set to close the window.
- Requires Setup
Indicates the printer is required to perform Wi-Fi setup.
→ Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
- Not Set
Indicates the printer cannot be used on network, or IPv6 is disabled. Specify an IP address or enable IPv6 on Network Settings....
→ Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
- IP Address Overlap
Indicates the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
- Unknown
Indicates the printer recognized as Available in the past cannot be used currently.
Note
- If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
D: IP Address
Displays the printer IP address. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires Setup.
Note
- If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
E: Location
Displays the printer location if it is registered. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires Setup.
Note
- If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
→ Assigning Printer Information
F: Connection Method
Displays printer connection method (wired LAN, Wi-Fi, or USB).
Note
- If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, USB is displayed.
- If the printer supports both of the LAN connection methods, the printer is recognized as two printers and they are displayed separately. (The same numbers are displayed on Serial Number (Last 5 Digits).)
- If the printer does not support wired LAN, wired LAN is not displayed.
- If you are using IJ Network Device Setup Utility on the computer which does not support Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi is not displayed.
G: Setting Method
Displays printer setting method.
• Auto
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified automatically.
- Manual
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified manually.
Note
- If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
H: MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of the detected printer.
Note
- If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
I: Device Name
Displays the printer device name if it is registered.
Note
- If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
- The printer with Requires Setup displayed on Status is not displayed.
→ Assigning Printer Information
J: IPv6
On appears when an IPv6 address is assigned for the printer.
Note
- If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
K: Displays the printer status and operation guides.
Selecting a printer from the printer list displays its current status and what to do next.
Menus on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
This section describes menus on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility screen.

text_image
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Printer Settings View Option HelpA: Printer Settings menu
→ Printer Settings Menu
B: View menu
→ View Menu
C: Option menu
→ Option Menu
D: Help menu
→ Help Menu
Items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Toolbar
This section describes items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen toolbar.

text_image
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Printer Settings View Option Help IPv4 A B C D E ?A: Perform wired or Wi-Fi setup.
Note
- This item has the same function as Network Settings... in the Printer Settings menu.
B: Redetects printers.
Note
- This item has the same function as Update in the View menu.
C: Stops detecting printers.
Note
- This item has the same function as Cancel in the View menu.
D: Switches the printer list. (IPv4, IPv6, or USB printers)
Note
- This item has the same function as Switch View in the View menu.
- You can also display the USB connected printer list. (Not available for some models.) In this case, select USB.
E: Displays this guide.
Note
- This item has the same function as Online Manual in the Help menu.
Performing Network Settings
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings
▶ Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
▶ Assigning Printer Information
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change wired LAN settings.
Note
- For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using IJ Network Device Setup Utility. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers for which you can perform setup.
- Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- Check the displayed message and select Yes.
- Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
Detected printers are listed.
- Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.
Select the printer with Wired LAN displayed on Connection Method and Available displayed on Status to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available not displayed on Status via USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and select the printer to perform/change settings.
- Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
- Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
- If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, the screen below appears after the Confirm Printer Password screen appears

text_image
Connection Method ● Wired LAN ○ Wi-Fi OK CancelSelect Wired LAN and click OK.
- Enter password and click OK.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
- IPv4 settings

text_image
Network Settings (Wind LAN) IPv4 IPv6 Use IPv4 address Get IP address automatically Use next IP address IP Address: Submit Mask: Default gateway: Set Cancel HelpA: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
- IPv6 settings
Note
- If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection.

text_image
Network Settings (Wired LAN) IPv4 IPv6 Use IPv6 address Use Staleless Address: Use Manual Address: IPv6 Address: Prefix Length: 0 Use DHCPv6: Stateful Address: Link-Local Address: Set Cancel Help A B C DA: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with IPv6.
Note
- This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
- This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
- This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change Wi-Fi settings.
Important
- Enable Easy wireless connect (Cableless setup) before performing printer setup. (Not required if you change the IP address.) For details, search for "NR049" on your printer's online manual and see the page shown.
- If you use a printer over the Wi-Fi, we highly recommend you perform security settings for Wi-Fi network using WPA/WPA2 from the viewpoint of security.
Note
- For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using IJ Network Device Setup Utility. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers.
- Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- Check the displayed message and select Yes.
- Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
Detected printers are listed.
- Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.
Select the printer with Wi-Fi displayed on Connection Method and Available or Requires Setup displayed on Status to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available or Requires Setup not displayed on Status via USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and select the printer to perform/change settings.
- Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
- Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
- If you select a USB connected printer on step 4 and the selected printer is compatible with wired LAN, the screen below appears after the Confirm Printer Password screen appears

text_image
Connection Method ○ Wired LAN ● Wi-Fi OK CancelSelect Wi-Fi and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
- IPv4/IPv6 settings

text_image
Network Settings (Wi-Fi) Network Type: ● Infrastructure ○ Direct Network Name (SSID): Encryption Type: Search... IPv4 IPv6 Use IPv4 address ● Get IPv4 address automatically ○ Use next IPv4 address IPv Address: Submit Mask: Default gateway: Set Cancel HelpA: Network Type:
Select the Wi-Fi mode.
- Infrastructure
Connects the printer to the Wi-Fi with a wireless router.
Direct
Connects the printer to wireless communication devices (smartphone or tablet) without a wireless router.
Note
- If Wi-Fi is enabled on the computer and if you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you can select Direct depending on the printer you are using.
- If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any settings.
In addition, you cannot connect to Internet from your computer depending on your operating environment.
B: Network Name (SSID):
The network name (SSID) of the Wi-Fi currently used is displayed.
The network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct appears while in Wireless Direct.
C: Search...
The Detected Wireless Routers screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect to.
For a wireless router already connected to the computer, Available is displayed on
Communication Status.
If you select a wireless router with Not Connected on Communication Status from the list, clicking Set displays the WPA/WPA2 or WEP setting screen for a wireless router.
→ If WEP Details Screen Appears
If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears
D: Encryption Type:
Displays the encryption method used over the Wi-Fi.
- IPv4 settings
Note
- The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any settings.

text_image
Network Settings (Wi-Fi) Network Type: ● Infrastructure ○ Direct Network Name (SSID): Encryption Type: Search... IPv4 IPv6 Use IPv4 address A B Get IP address automatically ○ Use next IP address IP Address: Submat Mask: Default gateway: C Set Cancel HelpA: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your wireless router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
- IPv6 settings

Note
- If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection.
- The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any settings.

text_image
Network Settings (Wi-Fi) Network Type: ● Infrastructure ○ Direct Network Name (SSID): Search... Encryption Type: IPv4 IPv6 Use IPv6 address Use Stacless Address: A B C Use Manual Address: IPv6 Address: Prefix Length: D Use DHCPv6: Stakeful Address: Link-Local Address: Set Cancel HelpA: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with IPv6.

Note
- This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.

Note
- This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
- This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.
Assigning Printer Information
Follow the procedure below to assign/change printer location name or device name.
The names appear on Device Name: and Location: on the Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility screen.
Note
- If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, this setting item is not available.
- Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- Check the displayed message and select Yes.
- Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
Detected printers are listed.
- Select printer to assign location name and device name.
Select the printer with Available displayed on Status.
- Select Detailed Printer Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
- Enter password and click OK.
The Detailed Printer Settings screen appears.
- Perform/change settings.

text_image
Detailed Printer Settings Device Name: Location: Set Cancel A BThe setting items below are available.
A: Device Name:
Assigns the device name.
B: Location:
Assigns the location name.
- Click Set.
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• G4000 series
- PRO-500 series
- PRO-1000 series
- MB2100 series
- MB2700 series
- MB5100 series
- MB5400 series
- iB4100 series
- PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000
• PRO-6000S
- TS9000 series
- TS8000 series
- TS6000 series
- TS5000 series
- MG3000 series
• E470 series
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection
For the following models, you can perform settings only for IPv4 using IJ Network Device Setup Utility. (You cannot perform settings for IPv6.)
- iB4100 series
- MG3000 series
• E470 series
• G4000 series - TS5000 series
- TS6000 series
- TS8000 series
- TS9000 series
- TR8500 series
- TR7500 series
- TS9100 series
- TS8100 series
- TS6100 series
- TS5100 series
- TS3100 series
• E3100 series - TS300 series
• E300 series - TR8580 series
- TS9180 series
- TS8180 series
- TS6180 series
- TR8530 series
• TR7530 series - TS8130 series
- TS6130 series
- XK70 series
- XK50 series
• G4010 series
• G3010 series - TR4500 series
• E4200 series - TS6200 series
- TS6280 series
- TS6230 series
- TS8200 series
- XK80 series
- TS8280 series
• TS8230 series - TS9500 series
-
TS9580 series
-
TR9530 series
- TS3300 series
• E3300 series
Handling Paper, Originals, FINE Cartridges, etc.
Loading Paper
Loading Originals
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Loading Paper
Paper Sources
▶ Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Loading Paper in the Cassette
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
Paper Sources
The printer has two paper sources for feeding paper, the rear tray (A) and cassette (B).

text_image
Technical diagram of a printer with labeled parts A and B, showing internal structure and assembly.You can load all supported paper on the rear tray.
→ Supported Media Types
You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Note
- When printing, select the correct page size and media type. If you select the wrong page size or media type, the printer may feed paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print quality.
For details on how to load paper in each paper source, see below.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
→ Loading Paper in the Cassette
→ Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
You can load plain paper or photo paper.
You can also load envelopes on the rear tray.
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
Important
- If you cut plain paper to a size of 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) or smaller to perform a trial print, it may cause a paper jam.
Note
• We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.
For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Supported Media Types.
- You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.

natural_image
Illustration of two hands holding a blank sheet with bidirectional arrows indicating vertical movement (no text or symbols)Note
- Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams.
- If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see Check3 in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched.
- When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality.
- Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).

text_image
Diagram of a printer with labeled parts A and B, showing paper feeding into a cover or stack.- Open the feed slot cover (C).
- Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.

text_image
Diagram illustrating the process of printer press application, showing steps C and D with labeled components.- Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.

text_image
Diagram showing a printer being inserted into a paper with a blue arrow indicating the process, labeled 'R' in the image.6.Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.

natural_image
Line drawing of a printer with an open lid and a close-up view showing the edge detail (no text or symbols)Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in landscape orientation (F) can cause paper jams.

E

F
Note
- Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (G).

natural_image
Line drawing of a printer with a paper feeding into a stack, showing the printer's internal structure and base (no text or symbols)- Close feed slot cover (C) gently.

natural_image
Diagram of a printer with paper feeding into a slot, showing the process with a magnified view of the slot (no text or symbols present)After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the LCD.
- If page size and media type on LCD match size and type of paper loaded in rear tray, select OK.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.

text_image
Rear tray A4 Plain paper OK Change- Pull out the paper output tray (H) and open the paper output support (I).

text_image
Diagram illustrating the process of printer printing and disassembly, showing steps labeled I and H.Note
- There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
- To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the paper settings.
Loading Paper in the Cassette
You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Note
• In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
- You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.

natural_image
Illustration of two hands holding a blank sheet with bidirectional arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)Note
- Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams.
- If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see Check3 in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched.
2. Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.

text_image
Diagram showing printer operation with labeled parts and directional arrows indicating process flow3. Remove the cassette cover (B).

natural_image
3D diagram of a device casing with a blue arrow indicating rotation, labeled 'B' (no text or symbols on the diagram itself)-
Slide paper guides (C) in front and (D) on right to open guides.
-
Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in center of cassette.

text_image
Diagram of a device showing internal components with labeled parts C and D, indicating assembly or installation steps.Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in landscape orientation (F) can cause paper jams.

E

F
Note
- Align the paper stack with the edge of the cassette as shown in the figure below.
If the paper stack is in contact with the protrusion (G), the paper may not be fed properly.

natural_image
Technical diagram of a mechanical component with an inset showing a labeled section (G), no text or symbols present.- Slide front paper guide (C) to align it with paper stack.
Align paper guide with where it clicks into place.
- Slide right paper guide (D) to align it with paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.

text_image
Diagram illustrating three labeled components (C, D, and an unlabeled box) of a device or panel assembly with directional arrows indicating movement.Note
- Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (H).
- Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (I) of the paper guides.

text_image
Technical diagram showing a component labeled 'H' and an inset view of a mechanical assembly with labeled component 'I'.- Mount cassette cover (B) and insert cassette into printer.
Push the cassette into the printer until it stops.

natural_image
Diagram showing a printer being placed on a plastic tray with blue arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols present)- Pull out the paper output tray (J) and open the paper output support (K).

text_image
Diagram showing printer printing process with labeled parts K and J, including a hand inserting a component.Note
- To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the paper settings.
- When the cassette is pulled out, it automatically extends. To shorten the extended cassette, push it in while pulling lever (L).

natural_image
Technical diagram showing a mechanical assembly with blue arrows indicating force or movement, no text or symbols present.Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 on the rear tray.
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the printer driver properly.

Important
- Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device is not supported.
- Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.
— Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
— Envelopes with a double flap
— Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1. Prepare envelopes.
- Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.

- If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite direction.

natural_image
Illustration of two hands holding a folded paper or cloth, with blue arrows indicating rotation (no text or symbols)- If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.
- Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.

text_image
Diagram illustrating a process of removing a plastic sheet into a pen, with corresponding prohibition symbols.The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.

Important
- The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 in. (3 mm).
- Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).

text_image
Diagram of a printer with labeled parts A and B, showing paper feeding into a stack of paper.-
Open the feed slot cover (C).
-
Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.

text_image
Diagram illustrating the process of printer press application, showing steps C and D with labeled components.- Load envelopes in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once.
Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in portrait orientation with the address side facing up.

6.Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of envelopes.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.

natural_image
Diagram of a printer with arrows indicating process, showing front and side views (no text or symbols)Note
- Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (E).

natural_image
Line drawing of a printer with an open lid and a close-up inset showing the printer's edge detail (no text or symbols)- Close feed slot cover (C) gently.

natural_image
Diagram of a printer with a paperclip and cable attachment, showing internal components and a close-up view of the cable (no text or symbols present)After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the LCD.
- If page size and media type shown on LCD match size and type of envelopes loaded in rear tray, select OK.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded envelopes.

text_image
Rear tray Envelope DL Envelope OK Change- Pull out the paper output tray (F) and open the paper output support (G).

text_image
G FNote
- To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the paper settings.
Loading Originals
Loading Originals on Platen
▶ Supported Originals
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
Loading Originals on Platen
-
Open the document cover.
-
Load original WITH SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on platen.
→ Supported Originals

text_image
Diagram showing printer printing process with a blue arrow indicating the process's direction and label 'R' on the paper.Important
- Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen.
Failure to observe the following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
— Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
— Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down the original.
- Close the document cover gently.

natural_image
Illustration of a printer with a blue arrow pointing to the top portion of the lid (no text or symbols present)Important
- After loading the original on the platen, be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or scan.
Supported Originals
| Item Details | |
| Types of originals • Text document, magazine, or newspaper• Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) | |
| Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm) | |
Note
- When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen, you can load it by removing the document cover from the printer.
→ How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
Detaching the document cover:
Hold up the document cover in portrait orientation and then tip it back.

natural_image
Illustration of a printer being inserted into a screen, showing the process with an arrow indicating upward motion (no text or symbols present)Attaching the document cover:
Fit both hinges (A) of the document cover into the holder (B) and insert both hinges of the document cover vertically as illustrated below.

text_image
A B
natural_image
Illustration of a printer with a close-up view showing the mechanical component being inserted (no text or symbols present)Replacing a FINE Cartridge
▶ Replacing a FINE Cartridge
▶ Checking Ink Status on the LCD
Ink Tips
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the error message will appear on the LCD to inform you of the error. In this state, the printer cannot print or scan. Check the error message and take appropriate action.
→ When Error Occurred
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace a FINE cartridge, follow the procedure below.
Important
- Do not touch the electrical contacts (A) or print head nozzle (B) on a FINE cartridge. The printer may not print properly if you touch them.

text_image
A B- If you remove a FINE cartridge, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the FINE cartridge removed.
- Use a new FINE cartridge for replacement. Installing a used FINE cartridge may cause the nozzles to clog.
Furthermore, with such a FINE cartridge, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the FINE cartridge properly.
- Once a FINE cartridge has been installed, do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open. This will cause the FINE cartridge to dry out, and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled. To maintain optimal printing quality, use a FINE cartridge within six months of first use.
Note
- For Windows, if a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, you can print with either color or black FINE cartridge, in whichever ink remains, only for a while. However the print quality may be reduced compared to when printing with both cartridges. We recommend to use a new FINE cartridge in order to obtain optimum qualities.
Even when printing with one ink only, print with leaving the empty FINE cartridge installed. If either of the color FINE cartridge or black FINE cartridge is not installed, an error occurs and the printer cannot print.
For information on how to configure this setting, see below.
Setting the Ink to be Used
- Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-and-white printing is specified.
Both color ink and black ink are also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer. When ink runs out, replace the FINE cartridge immediately with a new one.
→ Ink Tips
-
Check that printer is turned on.
-
Open the scanning unit / cover.
The FINE cartridge holder moves to the replacement position.

natural_image
Illustration of a printer with an open lid and a blue arrow indicating the open lid area (no text or symbols present)Caution
- Do not hold the FINE cartridge holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the FINE cartridge holder until it stops completely.
Important
- The inside of the printer may be stained with ink. Be careful not to stain your hands or clothing when replacing the FINE cartridge. You can easily wipe off the ink from the inside of the printer with tissue paper or the like.
- Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.
-
If the scanning unit / cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the FINE cartridge holder may move and the Alarm lamp may light. In this case, close the scanning unit / cover, and then open it again.
-
Remove the empty FINE cartridge.
-
Pick up the ink cartridge locking cover to open it.

natural_image
Illustration of a hand inserting a component into a device casing, with a blue arrow indicating the direction (no text or symbols present)- Remove the FINE cartridge.

natural_image
Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with no visible text or symbolsImportant
- Handle the FINE cartridge carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area.
- Discard the empty FINE cartridge according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
4. Prepare a new FINE cartridge.
- Take new FINE cartridge out of its package and remove protective tape (C) gently.

text_image
Diagram illustrating the process of inserting a device into a printer, showing step-by-step assembly and rotation.Important
- If you shake a FINE cartridge, ink may spill out and stain your hands and the surrounding area. Handle a FINE cartridge carefully.
- Be careful not to stain your hands and the surrounding area with ink on the removed protective tape.
- Do not reattach the protective tape once you have removed it. Discard it according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
- Do not touch the electrical contacts or print head nozzle on a FINE cartridge. The printer may not print properly if you touch them.
5. Install the FINE cartridge.
- Insert the new FINE cartridge into the FINE cartridge holder.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be installed into the right slot.

natural_image
Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with no visible text or symbols- Close the ink cartridge locking cover to secure the FINE cartridge.
Push the ink cartridge locking cover fully until a "click" sound is heard.

natural_image
Diagram of a mechanical component with blue arrows indicating direction, showing internal structure and motion (no text or symbols)Important
- The printer cannot print unless both the color FINE cartridge and black FINE cartridge are installed. Be sure to install both cartridges.
6. Close the scanning unit / cover.
To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, then take it down gently.

natural_image
Diagram of an open printer with a blue arrow indicating the process, showing internal components and a control panel (no text or symbols)Caution
- When closing the scanning unit / cover, be careful not to get your fingers caught.
Note
- If the error message appears on the LCD after the scanning unit / cover is closed, take appropriate action.
→ When Error Occurred
- When you start printing after replacing the FINE cartridge, the printer starts cleaning the print head automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head.
- If the print head is out of alignment, as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar symptoms, align the print head.
- The printer may make noise during operation.
-
Check that printer is turned on.
-
Press the OK button.
Note
- A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level.

text_image
Copy settings Wi-Fi setup Estimated ink ...3. Select Estimated ink levels.
A symbol is displayed on top of the FINE Cartridge (area B) where there is a notification.

text_image
COLOR BLACK Order ink now Ink model numberThe ink is running low. Prepare a new ink cartridge.
The resulting print quality may not be satisfactory, if printing is continued under this condition.
Note
• The above screen shows estimated ink levels.
- Select Order ink now and press the QR button to display the QR code and access the ink purchasing site. Cost of connecting to Internet is to be born by the customer.
- You can check the model number of the FINE cartridge by selecting Ink model number.
- You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
- For Windows:
→ Checking Ink Status from Your Computer - For macOS:
→ Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Ink Tips
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing. It is used for cleaning to keep the printing clean. To keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition. A small amount of ink is consumed when cleaning.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven
▶ Maintenance Procedure
▶ Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
▶ Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
▶ Cleaning the Print Head
Deep Print Head Cleaning
Aligning the Print Head
▶ Aligning the Print Head Manually
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.

Important
- Do not rinse or wipe the FINE cartridge. This can cause trouble with the FINE cartridge.

Note
- Check if ink remains in the FINE cartridge.
→ Checking the Ink Status on the LCD
- Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly.
→ Replacing Procedure
Also check if the protective tape on the bottom of the FINE cartridge is removed.

natural_image
Diagram of a computer monitor with a cable being inserted, showing blue arrow indicating compression or disassembly (no text or symbols present)- If an error message appears on the LCD, see When Error Occurred.
- For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.
→ Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
→ Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
- For Windows:
→ Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
- For macOS:
→ Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2 Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern:

Step3 Clean the print head.
From the printer
→ Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
- For Windows:
→ Cleaning the Print Heads - For macOS:
→ Cleaning the Print Heads
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:

Step4 Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
→ Deep Print Head Cleaning
From the computer
- For Windows:
→ Cleaning the Print Heads - For macOS:
→ Cleaning the Print Heads
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours. Do not unplug the power cord when turning off the power.
If the problem is still not resolved:

Step5 Replace the FINE cartridge.
→ Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Note
- If the problem is still not resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are Misaligned:
Step Align the print head.
From the printer
→ Aligning the Print Head
From the computer
- For Windows:
→ Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
- For macOS:
→ Adjusting Print Head Position
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
- If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the FINE cartridge whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
→ Loading Paper in the Cassette
- Press the OK button.
- Select Maintenance.
- Select Nozzle Check.

text_image
Nozzle Check Cleaning Deep Cleaning Print Head Alignm...The confirmation screen will appear.
- Select Yes.
- Press the OK button.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the LCD.
- Select Next.
- Examine the nozzle check pattern.
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
- Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D.

flowchart
graph TD
A["A"] --> C["C"]
B["B"] --> C["C"]
C["C"] --> D["D"]
style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style C fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
style D fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
subgraph Layer1
B["K"]
C["C"]
M["M"]
Y["Y"]
end
subgraph Layer2
A["A"]
B["B"]
end
A: No missing lines/No horizontal white streaks
B: Lines are missing/Horizontal white streaks are present
- Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation screen.

text_image
A B All A Also B
text_image
A B All A Also BFor A (no missing lines or no horizontal white streaks) in both the pattern C and pattern D:
The cleaning is not required. Select All A, confirm the message, then select OK.
For B (lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present) in the pattern C or pattern D, or in both patterns:
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
→ Cleaning the Print Head
If the pattern D or any color in the pattern C is not printed:


(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
→ Cleaning the Print Head
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
→ Loading Paper in the Cassette - Press the OK button.
- Select Maintenance.
- Select Cleaning.

text_image
Nozzle Check Cleaning Deep Cleaning Print Head Alignm...The confirmation screen will appear.
- Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes about 2 minutes.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
-
Select Yes.
-
Press the OK button.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
-
Select Next.
-
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
Note
- If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply. Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean the print head deeply only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
→ Loading Paper in the Cassette - Press the OK button.
- Select Maintenance.
- Select Deep Cleaning.

text_image
Nozzle Check Cleaning Deep Cleaning Print Head Alignm...The confirmation screen will appear.
- Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This takes about 1 to 2 minutes.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
-
Select Yes.
-
Press the OK button.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
-
When the completion message appears, select OK.
-
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem persists, replace the FINE cartridge.
If the problem persists despite replacing the FINE cartridge, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position.
Note
- If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.
Replace the FINE Cartridge whose ink is low. - If ink runs out as the print head alignment sheet is printed, an error message appears on the LCD.
→ When Error Occurred
You need to prepare: two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Load two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in cassette.
Loading Paper in the Cassette - Press the OK button.
- Select Maintenance.
- Select Print Head Alignment - Auto.

text_image
Nozzle Check Cleaning Deep Cleaning Print Head AlignmenThe confirmation screen will appear.
Note
- To print and check the current head position alignment values, select Print the head alignment value.
-
Select Yes.
-
Press the OK button.
The print head alignment sheet is printed, and the print head is aligned automatically.
This takes about 4 to 5 minutes.
Note
- If automatic print head alignment fails, an error message appears on the LCD.
→ When Error Occurred
8. When completion message appears, select OK.
Note
- If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above, adjust the print head position manually.
- For Windows:
You can also align the print head manually from a computer.
→ Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
Aligning the Print Head Manually
Try aligning the print head manually after automatic print head alignment if printing results are not as expected, as when printed ruled lines are misaligned.
Note
- For details on automatic print head alignment, see Aligning the Print Head.
What you will need: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in cassette.
→ Loading Paper in the Cassette - Press the OK button.
- Select Maintenance.
- Select Print Head Alignment - Manual.

text_image
Cleaning Deep Cleaning Print Head Alignm... Print Head AlignmenThe confirmation screen will appear.
Note
- To print and check the current head position alignment values, select Print the head alignment value.
- Check message and select Yes.
- Press the OK button.
The print head alignment pattern will be printed.
- When Did the patterns print correctly? appears, make sure pattern was printed correctly, and if so, select Yes.
9. Select OK.
The input screen for head position alignment values is displayed.

text_image
1/8 A 0- Examine first patterns. In column A, find pattern in which streaks are least noticeable, select the number of that pattern, and then press the OK button.

bar
| Category | Black Bar | Blue Bar | Light Blue Bar | Light Blue Bar | |---|---|---|---|---| | 1 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 0.5 | | 2 | 0.4 | 0.4 | 0.4 | 0.4 | | 3 | 0.3 | 0.3 | 0.3 | 0.3 | | 4 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.2 | | 5 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.1 | | 6 | -0.1 | -0.1 | -0.1 | -0.1 | | 7 | -0.2 | -0.2 | -0.2 | -0.2 | | 8 | -0.3 | -0.3 | -0.3 | -0.3 | | 9 | -0.4 | -0.4 | -0.4 | -0.4 | | 10 | -0.5 | -0.5 | -0.5 | -0.5 | The chart displays the absolute values for each category (1-10) in two distinct groups: Group 1 (black bars) and Group 2 (blue bars). The first group shows values ranging from -1 to 1, while the second group shows values from -1 to 1, with Group 1 consistently higher than Group 2 in all categories except Group 3 where Group 2 is slightly higher. The data appears to be grouped into three rows, likely representing separate subgroups within each group.Note
- If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which vertical streaks are least noticeable. Subtle vertical streaks

Noticeable vertical streaks

- If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which horizontal streaks are least noticeable. Subtle horizontal streaks

Noticeable horizontal streaks
-
Repeat these steps for columns B to J.
-
Check message and press the OK button.
The second set of patterns is printed.
- Examine second patterns. In column K, find pattern in which streaks are least noticeable, select the number of that pattern, and then press the OK button.

bar
| Value | |---| | 4 | | +5 | | +6 | | +8 | | +10 | | +12 | | +14 | | +16 | | +18 | | +20 | | +22 | | +24 | | +26 | | +28 | | +30 | | +32 | | +34 | | +36 | | +38 | | +40 | | +42 | | +44 | | +46 | | +48 | | +50 |Note
- If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which vertical streaks are least noticeable.
Subtle vertical streaks

Noticeable vertical streaks

-
Repeat these steps for columns L to M.
-
Check message and press the OK button.
The third set of patterns is printed.
- Examine third patterns. In column N, find pattern in which stripes are least noticeable, select the number of that pattern, and then press the OK button.

bar
| Category | Value | |---|---| | A | +4 | | B | +8 | | C | +4 | | D | +2 | | E | +2 | | F | +1 | | G | 0 | | H | -1 | | I | -3 | | J | -6 | | K | -4 | | L | -4 | | M | +2 | | N | +2 | | O | 0 | | P | -1 | | Q | -2 | | R | -2 | | S | +2 | | T | +2 | | U | 0 | | V | -1 | | W | -2 | The chart displays a vertical bar chart with three distinct color-coded series (A, B, C, D) and one additional series (M, N, O, P). The values for the bars are explicitly labeled on each bar.Note
- If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which horizontal stripes are least noticeable.
Subtle horizontal stripes

Noticeable horizontal stripes

- Repeat these steps for columns O to T.
- When completion message appears, select OK.
Cleaning
▶ Cleaning Exterior Surfaces
▶ Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
▶ Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
▶ Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
▶ Cleaning Cassette Pads
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly.
In this case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only when necessary.
You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Press the OK button.
- Select Maintenance.
- Select Roller cleaning.

text_image
Print Head Alignm... Print Head Alignm... Print the head ali... Roller cleaningThe confirmation screen will appear.
- Select Yes.
- Select Rear tray or Cassette to clean the paper feed roller.
- Follow the message to remove any paper from the paper source.
If you clean the paper feed roller of cassette, remove any paper from the cassette, then push it back.
- Press the OK button.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
- Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating, then follow the message to load the three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
→ Loading Paper in the Cassette
- Press the OK button.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
11. When the completion message appears, select OK.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Press the OK button.
- Select Maintenance.
- Select Bottom plate cleaning.

text_image
Print Head Alignm... Print the head ali... Roller cleaning Bottom plate cleanirThe confirmation screen will appear.
- Select Yes.
- Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette, then press the OK button.
- Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the paper.
- Fold one side of the opened paper in another half, aligning the edge with the center crease, unfold the paper, then press the OK button.

natural_image
Simple line drawing of two overlapping rectangles with a dashed diagonal line (no text or symbols)- Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette with the ridges of the creases facing up and the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side.

natural_image
3D technical illustration of a layered mechanical component with mounting brackets and dashed centerlines (no text or symbols)- Mount cassette cover (A) and insert cassette into printer.

natural_image
Diagram showing a printer printing into a plastic sheet with blue arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols present)-
Pull out the paper output tray.
-
Press the OK button.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning again.
- When the completion message appears, select OK.
Note
- When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
- Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.

natural_image
Line drawing of a printer with an open lid and a close-up of the printer's internal structure (no text or symbols)Overview
Safety
- Safety Precautions
• Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU & EEA)
Handling Precautions
- Canceling Print Jobs
• Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
• Printer Handling Precautions - Transporting Your Printer
- When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
- Keeping Print Quality High
▶ Main Components and Their Use
- Main Components
Power Supply
• LCD and Operation Panel - Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Changing Settings
- Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
- Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
• Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Specifications
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU&EEA)
Safety Precautions
- This manual contains important notices and safety precautions about your printer.
Do not use the printer in ways other than described in the accompanying manuals, as this may result in fire, electric shock or other unexpected accidents.
Safety standard marks and declarations are only valid for the supported voltages and frequencies in the applicable countries or regions.
! Warning
- Users with cardiac pacemakers:
This product emits a low-level magnetic flux. If you feel abnormalities, please move away from the product and consult your doctor.
- Do not use the printer in the following cases:
Stop use immediately, unplug the printer and call your local service representative to request repair.
— Metal objects or liquids are spilt inside the printer.
— The printer emits smoke, strange odors, or makes unusual noises.
— The power cord or plug overheat or are broken, bent or damaged in any way.
- Failure to adhere to the following may result in fire, electric shock, or injury:
— Do not place product close to the flammable solvents such as alcohol or thinner.
— Do not open or modify the printer.
- Use only the power cord/cables that came with your printer. Do not use these cables with other devices.
— Do not plug in to voltages or frequencies other than those specified.
- Plug the power cord into the socket completely.
— Do not plug in or unplug the power cord with wet hands.
— Do not damage the power cord by twisting, bundling, tying, pulling or excessively bending it.
— Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.
- Do not connect multiple power cords to a single electrical outlet. Do not use multiple extension cords.
— Do not leave the printer plugged in during lightning storms.
- Always unplug the power cord and cables when cleaning. Do not use flammable sprays or liquids such as alcohol or thinners for cleaning.
- Unplug the power cord once a month to check that it is not overheating, rusted, bent, scratched, split, or otherwise damaged.
Caution
- Do not put your hands inside the printer while printing.
- Do not touch the print head or other metal parts immediately after printing.
- Ink
-
Keep ink out of reach of children.
-
If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth and drink one or two glasses of water. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.
- In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain medical advice immediately.
- Moving the printer
— Do not hold the printer by the cassette. Hold the printer by its sides and carry it with both hands.

text_image
Diagram showing a printer press operation with a no-smoking symbol, indicating disassembly or anti-discharge.General Notices
Choosing a Location
Refer to "Specifications" in the Online manual for details on operating environment.
- Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
- Do not install the printer in locations that get very hot (direct sunlight, or close to a heating source), very humid or dusty locations, or outdoors.
- Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
- Do not place the printer flush against a wall.
Power Supply
- Keep the area around the power outlet clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if necessary.
- Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
General Notices
- Do not tilt the printer, stand it on end, or turn it upside down. This may cause ink to leak.
- Do not place anything on top of the printer. Be especially careful to avoid metal objects such as paper clips and staples, and containers holding flammable liquids such as alcohol or thinner.
-
Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
-
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
-
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down the original.
-
Do not attempt to open, disassemble or modify the FINE cartridges. Ink may leak and damage your printer.
- Do not throw FINE cartridges in the fire.
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10500 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30365, FCC Approved Bluetooth K30375)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may interfere with the correct operation of these devices.
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)

This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canoneurope.com/weee.
▶ Canceling Print Jobs
▶ Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Printer Handling Precautions
▶ Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
- Paper money
- Money orders
- Certificates of deposit
- Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
- Identification badges or insignia
- Selective service or draft papers
- Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies
- Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title
- Traveler's checks
- Food stamps
- Passports
- Immigration papers
- Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness - Stock certificates
• Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent
Printer Handling Precautions
Do not place any object on the document cover!
Do not place any object on the document cover. It will fall into the rear tray when the document cover is opened and cause the printer to malfunction. Also, place the printer where objects will not fall on it.

text_image
Diagram showing a printer with paperclip and no litter, alongside a prohibition sign in red.Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer for changing your living place or repairing it, make sure of the following.

Important
- Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport.
- With the print head and FINE Cartridge left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power. This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
- After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
- When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".

text_image
Diagram showing a printer with a red prohibition symbol crossed out, indicating no prohibition of the printer.-
Turn the printer off.
-
Close the operation panel.
-
Unplug the power cord.

Important
- Do not unplug the printer while the status bar is lit or flashing, or while a screen is displayed in the LCD, as it may cause malfunction or damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
-
Retract the paper output tray and the paper output support.
-
Retract the paper support, and close the rear tray cover.
-
Shorten cassette.
-
Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power cord from the printer.
-
Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
-
Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information may be stored in the printer.
When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties from accessing it.
- Press the OK button and select Device settings > Reset settings > Reset all > Yes.
Keeping Print Quality High
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging. Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
- Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint-stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet while the status bar is lit/flashing or a screen is displayed in the LCD, the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When unplugging the power cord, check that the status bar goes off and the display in the LCD disappears.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time. We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
LCD and Operation Panel
- Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Main Components
Front View
Rear View
Inside View
▶ Operation Panel

text_image
A B I C H G D F EA: Platen
Load an original here.
B: Document Cover
Open to load an original on the platen.
C: Operation Panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it.
The operation panel can be tilted.
→ Operation Panel
D: Cassette
Load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper into the cassette, and insert it into the printer.
→ Loading Paper in the Cassette
E: Paper Guides
Align with right/left/front sides of the paper stack.
F: Cassette Cover
Detach to load paper in the cassette.
G: Paper Output Tray
Printed paper is ejected. Pull out it before printing.
H: Paper Output Support
Open to support ejected paper.
I: Status Bar
Lights or flashes to indicate the printer is operating or when an error occurs.

text_image
J K L N MJ: Paper Support
Extend to load paper in the rear tray.
K: Rear Tray Cover
Open to load paper in the rear tray.
L: Paper Guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
M: Feed Slot Cover
Prevents anything from falling into the feed slot.
Open it to slide the paper guides, and close it before printing.
N: Rear Tray
Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.
→ Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
→ Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
Rear View

text_image
Technical diagram of a printer internal structure with labeled components A, B, C, and DA: USB Port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
B: Power Cord Connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
C: Transport Unit Cover
Open when removing jammed paper.
D: Rear Cover
Detach when removing jammed paper.
Important
- Do not touch the metal casing.
- Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing or scanning with the computer. This can cause trouble.

text_image
A B C DA: Scanning Unit / Cover
Scans originals. Also, lift and open it to replace a FINE cartridge or to remove jammed paper inside the printer.
B: FINE Cartridge (ink cartridges)
A replaceable cartridge that integrates print head and ink tank.
C: Ink Cartridge Locking Cover
Secures the installed FINE cartridge.
D: FINE Cartridge Holder
Install the FINE cartridge.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be installed into the right slot.
Note
- For details on replacing a FINE cartridge, see Replacing a FINE Cartridge.
Operation Panel

text_image
A B C D E F QR OK OK J I H GA: QR button/QR lamp
When you press the QR button while the QR lamp is lit, the QR code will appear, giving you access to an online manual that explains the function that is in operation. Cost of connecting to Internet is to be born by the customer.
B: Wireless connect button
To set wireless router information in the printer directly from a smartphone or other such device (without having to do any procedures at the router), hold down this button.
C: LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status.
D: ▲ and ▼ buttons
Used to select a setting item. These buttons are also used for entering characters.
→ Selecting a Menu or Setting Item
E: Back button
Returns the LCD to the previous screen.
F: Stop button
Cancels operation when printing is in progress or when selecting a menu item.
G: Start button
Press this button to start printing or copying, and to confirm the characters entered.
H: OK button
Finalizes your selection of items. Also used to resolve errors.
I: ON button
Turns the power on or off. Before turning on the power, make sure that the document cover is closed.
→ Turning the Printer On and Off
J: Alarm lamp
Lights or flashes when an error occurs.
Power Supply
▶ Checking that Power Is On
▶ Turning the Printer On and Off
▶ Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
▶ Unplugging the Printer
Checking that Power Is On
A screen appears in the LCD when the printer is turned on.
Even if the display in the LCD is off, if the status bar is lit, the printer is on.
Note
- It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
- The display in the LCD will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 10 minutes.
To restore the display, either press a button on the operation panel or perform a print operation.
Turning on the printer
- Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
→ Confirming that the Power Is On

natural_image
Illustration of a hand pressing a button on a printer's side panel, showing the process from left to right (no text or symbols present)Note
- It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
- If an error message is displayed on the LCD, see When Error Occurred.
- You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network. This feature is set to off by default.
From the printer
→ ECO settings
From the computer
- For Windows:
→ Managing the Printer Power
- For macOS:
→ Managing the Printer Power
Turning off the printer
- Press the ON button to turn off the printer.
Important
- When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer, be sure to confirm that the status bar goes off and the display in the LCD disappears.

Note
- You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
- For Windows:
→ Managing the Printer Power
- For macOS:
→ Managing the Printer Power
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything unusual described below.
- The power plug/power cord is hot.
• The power plug/power cord is rusty. - The power plug/power cord is bent.
- The power plug/power cord is worn.
- The power plug/power cord is split.
Caution
- If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug the power cord and call for service. Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock.
Unplugging the Printer
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.

Important
- Press the ON button and confirm that the status bar goes off and the display in the LCD disappears before unplugging the power cord. Unplugging the power cord while the status bar is lit/flushing or a screen is displayed in the LCD may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced.
- Press the ON button to turn the printer off.

text_image
Diagram showing a hand pressing a button on a printer's side panel, with an arrow indicating the process.-
Check that status bar goes off and display in LCD disappears.
-
Unplug the power cord.

natural_image
Illustration of a plug inserted into a wall-mounted socket (no text or symbols)The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
LCD and Operation Panel
Pressing the OK button (B) on the operation panel displays the menu screen, which enables you to perform printer settings and maintenance.

flowchart
graph TD
A["A"] --> B["OK"]
B --> C["C"]
C --> D["▲"]
C --> E["▼"]
Selecting a Menu or Setting Item
In a menu screen or settings screen, use the ▲ button (C) to select an item or option, and then press the OK button (B) to proceed with the procedure.
To return to the previous screen, press the Back button (A).
Example: Changing the setting for Prevent Abrasion.
- Press OK button (B).

text_image
1 A4 Color copy OK Menu- Use ▲▼ button (C) to select Device settings and press OK button (B).

text_image
Wi-Fi setup Estimated ink ... Device settings- Select Print settings and press the OK button (B).

text_image
Print settings LAN settings Bluetooth settings PictBridge settings- Select Prevent paper abrasion and press the OK button (B).

text_image
Prevent paper abras Amount of extens... Auto photo fix se... Adjust horizontal ...- Use ▲button (C) to change setting and press OK button (B).
Network Status Indication
When you press the OK button, icons depicting the Wi-Fi setting and the network status indicate by the icon in the standby screen.

text_image
Copy settings Wi-Fi setup Estimated ink ...If the 📄 appears on the LCD, it indicates that Wi-Fi is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.
Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.

Signal strength: 81 % or more
You can use the printer over Wi-Fi without any problems.

Signal strength: 51 % or more
The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur according to the network status. We recommend placing the printer near the wireless router.

Signal strength: 50 % or less
The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur. Place the printer near the wireless router.

Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Note
- Less Direct is enabled.
• wireless and Wireless Direct are disabled.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
The buttons on the operation panel allow you to enter (or change) characters, numbers, or symbols when setting up the network or making other settings.
Switching the Input Mode
The current input mode appears at the upper right corner of the LCD.
Pressing the (Wireless connect) button on the operation panel toggles through the input modes in the order lowercase uppercase > numeric > symbol 1, showing the first available character.

text_image
Enter network name a A 1 @ Backspace Entry completeThe following shows available characters in each mode.
| Mode Available characters | |
| Lowercase abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz SP | |
| Uppercase ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ SP | |
| Numeric 1234567890 SP | |
| Symbols | .@-_SP★#!",;:^`=/|'? $%&+( )[]{}<>\~ |
SP: Indicates a space.
Note
- Only the input modes or characters available for input appear in their respective screens.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Use the ▲ button to select a character and press the OK button to input it.

text_image
Enter network name ▲ - ▼ a A 1 @ Backspace Entry completeAfter all the characters have been input, press the Start button.
- To insert a space
Either press the OK button without selecting any character, or switch to the symbol mode and then press the ▲button 5 times.
• To delete the last entered character
Press the Back button. You can only delete the last entered character.
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing the Print Options
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
Setting the Ink to be Used
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Changing the Print Options
You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software.
Check this check box if part of the image data is cut off, the paper source during printing differs from the driver settings, or printing fails.
- Open the printer driver setup window
- Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab

text_image
Canon - series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Size Printer Paper Size Page Layout: Normal-size Normal-size Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output Duplex Printing Automatic Print Area Setup... Stapling Side: Long-side stapling (Left) Specify Margin... Copies: 1 (1-999) Print from Last Page Collate Print Options... Stamp/Background... Defaults OK Cancel Apply HelpThe Print Options dialog box opens.

text_image
Print Options □ Disable ICM required from the application software □ Disable the color profile setting of the application software □ Disable the paper source setting of the application software □ Ungroup Papers □ Do not allow application software to compress print data □ Print after creating print data by page Prevention of Print Data Loss: Off Unit of Print Data Processing: Recommended Print With: All Colors (Default) OK Cancel Defaults Help- Change the individual settings
If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.
The Page Setup tab is displayed again.
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab. Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time.
Registering a Printing Profile
-
Open the printer driver setup window
-
Set the necessary items
From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select the printing profile to be used and if necessary, change the settings after Additional Features.
You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs.
- Click Save...

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Commonly Used Settings Standard Photo Printing Business Document Paper Saving Envelope Save... Delete Preview before printing Additional Features Duplex Printing Borderless Printing Grayscale Printing Draft Media Type: Plain Paper Print Quality: Standard Printer Paper Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait ○ Landscape Paper Source: Automatically Select Copies: 1 ⋅ (1-999) Always Print with Current Settings Printer Media Information... Defaults OK Cancel Apply HelpThe Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box opens.

text_image
Save Commonly Used Settings Name: Options... OK Cancel Help- Save the settings
Enter a name in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the items, and then click OK. In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the
Quick Setup tab.
The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings.
Important
- To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options..., and check each item.
Note
- When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings.
Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print settings again.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
- Select the printing profile to be deleted
Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab.
- Delete the printing profile
Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list.
Note
- Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
Setting the Ink to be Used
This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed cartridges according to an intended use.
- Open the printer driver setup window
- Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
The Print Options dialog box appears. -
Select the FINE cartridge to be used from Print With
Select the FINE cartridge to be used for printing and click OK. -
Click OK on the Page Setup tab
When you perform printing, the specified FINE cartridge will be used.
Important
- When the following settings are specified, Black Only does not function because the printer uses the color FINE cartridge to print documents.
- Other than Plain Paper, Envelope, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or Hagaki is selected for Media Type on the Main tab
— Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab - Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either FINE cartridge is detached.
This function allows you to manage the printer power from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.

Power Off
The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the printer on from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
- Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
- Perform power off
Click Power Off. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer power switches off.

Auto Power
Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.
The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.
- Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
- Check that the printer is on and then click Auto Power
The Auto Power Settings dialog box opens.
Note
- If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status. If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
- If necessary, complete the following settings:
Auto Power On
Specifying Enable from the list will turn the printer on upon receipt of print data.
Auto Power Off
Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer, the printer is turned off automatically.
- Apply the settings
Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list according to the same procedure.
Note
- When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto Power On setting.
When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is Disable, "Printer is offline" is displayed.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.

Custom Settings
-
Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
-
Check that the printer is on and then click Custom Settings
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
- If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status. If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
- If necessary, complete the following settings:
Prevents paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density printing to prevents paper abrasion.
Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is set to automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic Print Head Alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head alignment.
Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment. Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, select this item. To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the right during printing, clear this item.
Important
- Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise, characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
Note
- If Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48", Envelope Com 10, or Envelope DL is selected for Page Size on the Page Setup tab, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting.
Do not detect mismatched paper settings when printing from a computer
When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message display and allows you to continue printing.
To disable detection of paper setting mismatches, select this check box.
Ink Drying Wait Time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time. If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries, increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
▶ Print settings
LAN settings
Bluetooth settings
PictBridge settings
▶ Smartphone photo print settings
▶ Other device settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Reset setting
▶ Feed settings
Web service setup
ECO settings
Quiet setting
System information
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps to specify Amount of extension as an example.
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Press OK button.
- Select Device settings.
- Select a setting item to adjust.

text_image
Print settings LAN settings Bluetooth settings PictBridge settingsThe setting screen for the selected item is displayed.
- Select a setting item.

text_image
Prevent paper abr... Amount of extension Auto photo fix se... Adjust horizontal ...- Select a setting to specify.

text_image
Extended amount:... Amount: Medium Extended amount:... Amount: MinimumFor more on setting items on the operation panel:
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Items for Printer
→ Other device settings
Language selection
→ Web service setup
ECO settings
→ Quiet setting
Items for Paper/Printing
→ Print settings
→ Bluetooth settings
→ PictBridge settings
→ Smartphone photo print settings
→ Feed settings
Items for Maintenance/Management
→ LAN settings
→ Firmware update
→ Reset setting
→ System information
Print settings
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK button.
- Prevent paper abrasion
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
- Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower print quality.
- Amount of extension
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is enlarged to fill the whole page. You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original image as needed.
Important
- Settings will become ineffective in the following situations:
— PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device
- Printing from a handwritten navigation sheet.
— Printing from a standard form.
Note
- When performing settings from application software or the printer driver, these settings will be prioritized.
- If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Extended amount: Large for this setting may help solve the problem.
• Auto photo fix setting
When ON is selected, you can select whether to print photos using the Exif information recorded in the image files when Default* or On is selected in printing with a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
* When Default is selected for the print setting on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, select Auto photo fix in PictBridge settings.
- Adjust horizontal print position
Adjusts the print position when the left/right margins are not aligned.
When the paper width is less than 8.03 in. (204 mm), you can adjust the left/right margins in increments of 0.004 in. (0.1 mm) between -0.08 in. (-2 mm) and +0.08 in. (+2 mm) centered on the horizontal center of the paper.
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK button.
→ Wi-Fi
→ Wireless Direct
Wi-Fi
By selecting Wi-Fi from LAN settings, the following settings are available.
To print the LAN settings, select Print details in the LAN settings and select Yes.
→ Printing Network Settings
Important
- The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
• Show setting info
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the printer settings.)
| Items Setting | |
| Connection Enabled/Enabled (disconnected)/Disabled | |
| Network name (SSID)XXXXXXXXXXXXXX | XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters) |
| Wi-Fi security Inactive/WEP(64bit)/WEP(128bit)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)/WPA-PSK(AES)/WPA2-PSK(TKIP)/WPA2-PSK(AES) | |
| Signal strength (%) XXX | |
| IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters) | |
| IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX | (12 characters) |
| IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XX | XX (12 characters) |
| IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XX | XX: XXXX:XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters) |
| MAC address (Wi-Fi) XXX. XXX. XXX. XX | XX (12 characters) |
| Printer nameXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters) | |
| Bonjour service nameXXXXXXXXXX | XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters) |
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
The following settings are available on the Wi-Fi screen.
- Advanced mode
Enables/disables Wi-Fi.
- Wi-Fi setup
Selects the setup method for Wi-Fi connection.
- Easy wireless connect
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a device (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
- Manual connect
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually using the operation panel of the printer.
- WPS (Push button method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
- Other connection types
□ Manual connect (adv.)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually. You can specify multiple WEP keys.
□ WPS (PIN code method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
- Advanced
For details on each setting item:
→ Advanced
Wireless Direct
By selecting Wireless Direct from LAN settings, the following settings are available.
To print the LAN settings, select Print details in the LAN settings screen and select Yes.
→ Printing Network Settings
Important
- The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
• Show setting info
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Note
- Select Show setting info to display a screen, allowing you to show or hide the password.
| Items Setting | |
| Connection Enabled (connected)/Disabled | |
| SSID/device name DIRECT-XXXX-TS5300series | |
| PasswordXXXXXXXXXX (10 characters) | |
| Wi-Fi security WPA2-PSK(AES) | |
| No. of devices connected now XX/XX | |
| IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters) | |
| IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters) | |
| IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters) | |
| IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters) | |
| MAC address (Wi-Fi) XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters) | |
| Printer nameXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters) | |
| Bonjour service nameXXXXXXXXXXXX | XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters) |
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
The following settings are available in the Wireless Direct.
- Advanced mode
Enables/disables Wireless Direct.
- Change SSID/device name
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for Wireless Direct.
- Change password
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
- Connection request confirmation
Selecting ON displays the confirmation screen when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting the printer.
- Advanced
For details on each setting item:
→ Advanced
Advanced
- Set printer name
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
Note
- You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.
- You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.
- TCP/IP settings
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
- WSD setting
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows).
- Enable/disable WSD
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
- When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in Windows.
- Optimize inbound WSD
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
- Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
- Bonjour settings
Setting items for LAN using Bonjour for macOS.
- Enable/disable Bonjour
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
• Service name
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
- You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.
• LPR protocol setting
Enables/disables the LPR setting.
- RAW protocol
Enables/disables RAW printing.
• LLMNR
Enables/disables LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting Enable allows the printer to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
- IPP settings
Selecting Enable allows you to print via the network with the IPP protocol.
- PictBridge communication
Setting items for printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
- Enable/disable communication
Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
- Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
- IPsec settings
Selecting Enable allows you to specify the IPsec security.
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK button.
• Key repeat
When you select ON, numbers, characters and other choices can be displayed quickly by pressing the holding the ▲ button when you are entering the characters etc.
- ECO settings
ECO settings
- Quiet setting
→ Quiet setting
• Original removal reminder
Selects whether the printer will display the reminder screen in case you forget to remove the original from the platen after scanning.
Important
- Depending on the type of original or the state of the document cover, forgetting to remove the original may not be detected.
- Status bar settings
Change the display of the status bar.
- Advanced mode
Enables or disables the status bar display.
When Disable is selected, only the left end of the status bar will light up or flash.
- Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of the status bar.
• Wi-Fi pairing settings
In order to connect Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, multiple configurations will be performed.
- Enable/disable pairing
Set the printer's Wi-Fi pairing function to enable or disable.
- Allow/block additional pairing
On another function permit or prohibit Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
- Delete paired devices
Cancel all Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
Language selection
Changes the language for the messages and menus on the LCD.
Japanese / English / German / French / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Norwegian / Swedish / Finnish / Russian / Ukrainian / Polish / Czech / Slovene / Hungarian / Slovak / Croatian / Romanian / Bulgarian / Turkish / Greek / Estonian / Latvian / Lithuanian / Simplified Chinese / Korean / Traditional Chinese / Thai / Indonesian / Vietnamese
Firmware update
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK button.
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.

Important
- When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.

Note
- Only Check current version is available when Disable is selected for Advanced mode of Wi-Fi in LAN settings.
- Install update
Performs the firmware update of the printer. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the on-screen instructions to perform update.

Note
- If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.
- Check the network settings such as a wireless router.
- If Cannot connect to the server. is displayed on the LCD, select OK and try again after a while.
- Check current version
You can check the current firmware version.
- Update notification setting
When ON is selected and the firmware update is available, the screen to inform you of the firmware update is displayed on the LCD.
- DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup, follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
- Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
Reset setting
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK button.
You can set the settings back to the default.
- Web service setup only
Sets the Web service settings back to the default.
• LAN settings only
Sets the LAN settings back to the default.
- Settings only
Sets the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default.
- Reset all
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified by Remote UI or IJ Network Device Setup Utility reverts to the default setting.
Note
- You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:
— The language displayed on the LCD
— The current position of the print head
- CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
Feed settings
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK button.
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.
For details:
→ Paper Settings
Note
- For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows) or on the LCD:
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
- Rear tray paper settings
Registers the paper size and the media type you load on the rear tray.
• Cassette paper settings
Registers the paper size and the media type you load in the cassette.
Note
- Plain paper can only be loaded in the cassette.
- Detect paper width
Select Enable to automatically detect the paper size when paper is loaded.
- Detect paper setting mismatch
If you select Enable, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with those registered in Feed settings. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error message is displayed on the LCD.
Note
- When Disable is selected, the settings in Feed settings is disabled.
Web service setup
Select this setting item from Web service setup in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK button.
- Web service registration/Web service cancellation
Registers/Deletes Web service usage to use the printer device information to/from PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link.
- Web service connection setup
The following setting items are available.
- Google Cloud Print setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Google Cloud Print.
- IJ Cloud Printing Center setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
- Check Web service setup
Make sure whether the printer is registered to Google Cloud Print or Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
- Issue registration code
In order to link the web service and printer, obtain the registration code from the service origin.
- DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup, follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
- Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.
→ Using Power Saving Function
→ Using Duplex Printing
Using Power Saving Function
Follow the procedure below to use power saving function.
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Press the OK button.
- Select Device settings.
- Select Other device settings.
- Select ECO settings.
- Select Energy saving settings.
- Specify settings as necessary.

text_image
Auto power off Auto power on A BA: Specify the length of time to turn the printer off automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is sent to the printer.
B: Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a computer or printing data is sent to the printer.
Using Duplex Printing
Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing.
-
Check that printer is turned on.
-
Press the OK button.
-
Select Device settings.
-
Select Other device settings.
-
Select ECO settings.
-
Select Two-sided print settings.
A confirmation screen will appear when the default setting for copying is set for two-sided printing.
- Select ON or OFF to turn on/off two-sided printing.

text_image
Do you want to set "2-sided" as the default for copying? ON OFFQuiet setting
Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Press the OK button.
- Select Device settings.
- Select Other device settings.
- Select Quiet setting.
- Select to turn it ON/OFF.
When Quiet setting is turned on, it is possible to reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress.
Important
- When Quiet setting is turned on, the operating speed will be slower compared to when it is turned off.
- This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain noise, such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
Note
- You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver. No matter how you set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer.
- For Windows, you can set the quiet mode from ScanGear (scanner driver).
System information
Select this setting item from System information in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK button.
- Current version
Displays the current firmware version.
- Printer name
Displays the printer name currently specified.
- Serial number
Displays the printer serial number.
- MAC address (Wi-Fi)
Displays the MAC address for Wi-Fi.
- Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1)
Shows the root certification thumbprint (SHA-1) of the printer.
Note
- If the password is set to the printer, the password may be requested.
- Root certificate thumbprint: SHA-256
Shows the root certification thumbprint (SHA-256) of the printer.
Note
- If the password is set to the printer, the password may be requested.
General Specifications
| Interface USB Port: | Hi-Speed USB *Network Port:Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be used at USB 1.1.USB and the network can be used at the same time. |
| Operating environment Temperature | 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature and humidity conditions.Recommended conditions:Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper, refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions. |
| Storage environment Temperature | 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation) |
| Power supply AC 100-240 V, 50/60 | Hz(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.) |
| Power consumption Printing (Copy) | 19 W or less *1Standby (minimum): 0.9 W or less *1*2OFF: 0.3 W or less*1 USB connection to a PC, and Bluetooth settings enabled*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed. |
| External dimensions (W x D x H) | Approx. 15.9 x 12.5 x 5.9 in. (Approx. 403 x 315 x 148 mm)* With the Cassette and trays retracted. |
| Weight Approx. 13.8 lb (Approx. 6.3 kg) | * With the FINE cartridge installed. |
Scan Specifications
| Scanner driver Windows: TWAIN | 1.9 Specification, WIA |
| Maximum scanning size A4/Letter, | 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm) |
| Optical resolution (horizontal x vertical) | 1200 x 2400 dpi ** Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO 14473. |
| Gradation (Input / Output) Gray: | 16 bit/8 bitColor: RGB each 16 bit/8 bit |
Network Specifications
| Communication protocol SNMP, H | HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6) |
| Wi-Fi Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11bFrequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHzChannel: 1-11 or 1-13* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or region.Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.Security:WEP (64/128 bits)WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)Setup:WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)Easy wireless connect | |
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
| Operating System Windows 10, W | Windows 8.1, Windows 7 SP1Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed Windows 7 or later. |
| Hard Disk Space 2.0 GB or more | Note: For bundled software installation.The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice. |
macOS
| Operating System OS X 10.11.6, m | macOS 10.12 - macOS 10.14 |
| Hard Disk Space 1.0 GB or more | Note: For bundled software installation.The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice. |
Other Supported OS
| iOS, Android, Windows 10 MobileSome functions may not be available with the supported OS.Refer to the Canon web site for details. |
Mobile Printing Capability
| Apple AirPrint |
| Google Cloud Print |
| PIXMA Cloud Link |
| Windows 10 Mobile Print |
| Mopria Print Service |
- Internet connection or CD-ROM drive is required to install the software for Windows.
- Windows: Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center.
- Windows: The TWAIN driver (ScanGear) is based on the TWAIN 1.9 Specification and requires the Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system.
- macOS: For macOS, an internet connection is required during software installation.
- Internet connection is required to use all the user's guide.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
Information about Paper
▶ Supported Media Types
Paper Load Limit
▶ Unsupported Media Types
Handling Paper
▶ Print Area
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when possible.
→ Media Types
→ Page Sizes
→ Paper Weight
Media Types
Genuine Canon paper
Note
- For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.
- Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
- Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States, Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing documents:
- Canon Red Label Superior
- Canon Océ Office Colour Paper
• High Resolution Paper*1
Paper for printing photos:
• Photo Paper Pro Platinum
- Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use"
• Photo Paper Glossy
• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II
• Photo Paper Pro Luster
• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss
- Matte Photo Paper
Paper for making original goods:
- Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet)
• Photo Stickers (Free Cutting)
• Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) - Restickable Photo Paper
- Removable Photo Stickers
• Magnetic Photo Paper
• Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers
- Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers < DF-101 > ^* 1
• Double sided Matte Paper
Paper other than genuine Canon paper
- Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
- Envelopes*1
• T-Shirt Transfers*1 - Greeting Card*1
- Card Stock*1
*1 Printing to this paper from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device is not supported.
→ Paper Load Limit
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Note
- When printing photos saved on a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, you must specify the page size and media type.
→ Printing from Digital Camera
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
• Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.
Standard sizes:
- Letter
- Legal
• A5
• A4
• B5 - KG/4"x6"(10x15)
- 5"x7"(13x18cm)
- 7"x10"(18x25cm)
- 8"x10"(20x25cm)
• L(89x127mm) -
2L(127x178mm)
-
Square 3.5"
- Square 5"
- Hagaki
- Hagaki 2
- Envelope Com 10
- Envelope DL
- Nagagata 3
- Nagagata 4
- Yougata 4
- Yougata 6
- Card 2.17"x3.58"
Special sizes
Special page sizes must be within the following limits:
- rear tray
- Minimum size: 2.17 x 3.51 in. (55.0 x 89.0 mm)
• Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 in. (215.9 x 676.0 mm) - cassette
• Minimum size: 5.83 x 8.27 in. (148.0 x 210.0 mm)
• Maximum size: 8.50 x 11.69 in. (215.9 x 297.0 mm)
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
- Plain paper: From 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105g / m^2 )
Paper Load Limit
This section shows the paper load limits of the rear tray, the cassette, and the paper output tray.
→ Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray and Cassette
→ Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Note
- Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray and Cassette
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
| Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray Cassette | ||
| Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> A4: Approx. 100 sheets A4: Approx. 100 sheets | ||
| Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> A4: Approx. 80 sheets A4: Approx. 80 sheets | ||
| High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1 A4, B5, Letter: Approx. 80 sheets | N/A |
Paper for printing photos:
| Media NameRear Tray | |
| Photo Paper Pro Platinum ^*2 Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use"GP-508> ^*2 Photo Paper Glossy ^*2 Photo Paper Plus Glossy II ^*2 Photo Paper Pro Luster ^*2 Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss ^*2 Matte Photo Paper | A4, Letter, 5"x7"(13x18cm), 8"x10"(20x25cm), 2L(127x178mm): 10 sheetsKG/4"x6"(10x15), L(89x127mm), Square 3.5", Square 5", Hagaki: 20 sheets |
Paper for making original goods:
| Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray | |
| Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108> | 1 sheet |
| Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208> | |
| Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808> | |
| Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101> | |
| Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R> | |
| Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508> |
| Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers |
| Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers |
| Double sided Matte Paper |
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
| Common Name Rear Tray Cassette | ||
| Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1 Approx. 100 sheets | (Legal: 10 sheets) | Approx. 100 sheets |
| Envelopes 10 envelopes N/A | ||
| T-Shirt Transfers A4: 1 sheet N/A | ||
| Greeting Card Letter, 7"x10"(18x25cm): 1 | sheet | N/A |
| Card Stock A4, Letter: 1 sheet N/A |
*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding. In this case, load one sheet at a time.
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
| Media NamePaper Output Tray | |
| Canon Red Label SuperiorCanon Océ Office Colour PaperHigh Resolution Paper | Approx. 50 sheets |
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
| Common Name Paper Output Tray | |
| Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Approx. 50 sheets (Legal: 10 sheets) | |
When continuing printing with paper other than the above, we recommend removing already printed paper from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also the printer to jam or malfunction.
- Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper
- Damp paper
- Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m ^2 ))
- Paper that is too thick (plain paper weighing more than 28 lb (105g / m^2) , except for Canon genuine paper)
- Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing on paper smaller than A5)
- Picture postcards
- Postcards
- Envelopes with a double flap
- Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
- Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
- Any type of paper with holes
• Paper that is not rectangular
• Paper bound with staples or glue - Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal
- Paper decorated with glitter, etc.
Handling Paper
- Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.
- Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your hands.
- Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing. - To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
Printing

Printing from Computer

Printing from Smartphone/Tablet

Printing from Digital Camera

Paper Settings
Printing from Computer
▶ Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
▶ Printing from Application Software (macOS AirPrint)
▶ Printing Using Canon Application Software
▶ Printing Using a Web Service
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
Basic Printing Setup Basic
▶ Various Printing Methods
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Overview of the Printer Driver
Printer Driver Description
▶ Updating the MP Drivers
This section describes settings on the Quick Setup tab used for basic printing.
Basic Printing Setup
- Check that printer is turned on
- Load paper in printer
- Open printer driver's setup screen
- Select frequently used settings
On the Quick Setup tab, use Commonly Used Settings to select from predefined print settings. When you select a print setting, the settings for Additional Features, Media Type, and Printer Paper Size automatically switch to the predefined values.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Commonly Used Settings Standard Photo Printing Business Document Paper Saving Envelope Save... Delete Preview before printing Additional Features Duplex Printing Borderless Printing Grayscale Printing Draft Media Type: Plain Paper Print Quality: Standard Printer Paper Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait ○ Landscape Paper Source: Automatically Select Copies: 1 (1-999) Always Print with Current Settings Printer Media Information... OK Cancel Apply Help- Select print quality
For Print Quality, select from High, Standard, or Draft.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Commonly Used Settings Standard Photo Printing Business Document Paper Saving English Save... Delete Preview before printing Additional Features Duplex Printing Borderless Printing Grayscale Printing Draft Media Type: Plain Paper Print Quality: Standard Printer Paper Size: Letter 8.5"x11" Z2x28cm Orientation: ●Portrait ○ Landscape Paper Source: Automatically Select Copies: 1 (1-999) Always Print with Current Settings Printer Media Information... Defaults OK Cancel Apply HelpImportant
- The print quality selections will differ depending on which print setting you select.
6. Select paper source
For Paper Source, select Automatically Select, Rear Tray, or Cassette, whichever matches your purpose.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Commonly Used Settings Standard Photo Printing Business Document Paper Saving Seagreen Save... Delete Preview before printing Additional Features Duplex Printing Borderless Printing Grayscale Printing Draft Media Type: Plain Paper Print Quality: Standard Printer Paper Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait ○ Landscape Paper Source: Automatically Select Copies: 1 (1-999) Always Print with Current Settings Printer Media Information... OK Cancel Apply HelpImportant
- The paper source settings that can be selected may differ depending on the paper type and size.
7. Click OK
The printer will now print using these settings.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Commonly Used Settings Standard Photo Printing Business Document Paper Saving Envelope Save... Delete Preview before printing Additional Features Duplex Printing Borderless Printing Grayscale Printing Draft Media Type: Plain Paper Print Quality: Standard Printer Paper Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ●Portrait ○ Landscape Paper Source: Automatically Select Copies: 1 : (1-999) Always Print with Current Settings Printer Media Information... OK Cancel Apply HelpImportant
- When you select Always Print with Current Settings, the settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved, and those settings are used in subsequent printings.
- To register the current settings as a new preset, click Save... under Commonly Used Settings.
Note
- If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper Settings."
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, display the Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information..., and specify the settings in the dialog box that appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
— Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
— Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Checking Printer Settings and Applying Settings to Printer Driver
- Open printer driver setup window
- On Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information...
The Printer Media Information dialog box appears.
- Select Paper Source
From Paper Source, check the setting or select a new paper source.
The current printer settings appear in Media Type and Page Size.
4. Apply settings
To apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Set.
Note
- If the Supported types on the printer is set to IJ Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki, or if the Supported sizes on the printer is set to 5"x7"(13x18), click Set to display the dialog box. Select the media type and paper size that match your purpose, and then click OK.
- If the Supported types and the Supported sizes on the printer are not set or are set to Others, Set will be grayed out and cannot be clicked.
- If communication with the printer is disabled, the Printer Media Information... dialog box will not appear or the printer driver will not be able to obtain printer media information.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results.
You can use the following media types on this printer.
Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)
| Media nameMedia Type in the printer driverPaper information registered on the printer | Type in the printer driver | Paper information registered on the printer |
| Canon Red Label SuperiorPlain Paper Plain paper | ||
| Canon Océ Office Colour PaperPlain Paper Plain paper | ||
| High Resolution PaperHigh Resolution Paper High-Res |
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
| Media nameMedia Type in the printer driverPaper information registered on the printer | Media Type in the printer driver | Paper information registered on the printer |
| Photo Paper Plus Glossy IIPhoto Paper Plus Glossy II Plus Glossy II PP-301> | Photo Paper Plus Glossy II Plus Glossy II | Glossy II |
| Photo Paper Pro PlatinumPhoto Paper ProPlatinum Pro Platinum | Photo Paper Pro | Platinum Pro Platinum |
| Photo Paper Pro LusterPhoto Paper Pro Luster Pro Luster | Photo Paper Pro Luster | Pro Luster |
| Photo Paper Plus Semi-glossPhoto Paper Plus Semi-gloss Semi-gloss | Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss Semi-gloss | Plus Semi-gloss Semi-gloss |
| Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use"Glossy Photo Paper Glossy | Glossy Photo Paper Glossy | |
| Photo Paper GlossyGlossy Photo Paper Glossy | ||
| Matte Photo PaperMatte Photo Paper | Matte |
Canon genuine papers (Original Product)
| Media name | Media Type in the printer driver | Paper information registered on the printer |
| Restickable Photo Paper | Glossy Photo Paper Glossy | |
| Removable Photo Stickers | Glossy Photo Paper Glossy | |
| Magnetic Photo Paper | Glossy Photo Paper Glossy | |
| Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers | Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers | Others |
| Light Fabric Iron-on TransfersLight Fabric Iron-on Transfers Others | Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers Others | |
| Double sided Matte PaperMatte Photo Paper Matte |
Commercially available papers
| Media name Media Type | in the printer driver | Paper information registered on the printer |
| Plain Paper (including recycled paper) | Plain Paper Plain paper | |
| Envelopes Envelope Envelope | ||
| T-Shirt Transfers T-Shirt Transfers Others | ||
| Greeting Cards Inkjet Greeting Card Others | ||
| Card Stock Card Stock Card stock |
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results.
You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.
| Printer Paper Size in the printer driver | Cassette paper information registered on the printer |
| Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Letter | |
| Legal 8.5"x14" 22x36cm Legal | |
| A5 A5 | |
| A4 A4 | |
| B5 B5 | |
| 4"x6" 10x15cm 4"x6"(10x15) | |
| 5"x7" 13x18cm 5"x7"(13x18) | |
| 7"x10" 18x25cm 7"x10" | |
| 8"x10" 20x25cm 8"x10" | |
| L 89x127mm L 89x127mm | |
| 2L 127x178mm 5"x7"(13x18) | |
| Square 3.5"x3.5" 9x9cm Square 3.5" | |
| Square 5"x5" 13x13cm Square 5" | |
| Hagaki 100x148mm Hagaki | |
| Hagaki 2 200x148mm Hagaki 2 | |
| Envelope Com 10 Env. Com 10 | |
| Envelope DL Envelope DL | |
| Nagagata 3 4.72"x9.25" Nagagata 3 | |
| Nagagata 4 3.54"x8.07" Nagagata 4 | |
| Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25" Yougata 4 | |
| Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" Yougata 6 | |
| Card 2.17"x3.58" 55x91mm Card | |
| Custom Size | Others |
Various Printing Methods
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Perform Borderless Printing
Scaled Printing
Page Layout Printing
▶ Tiling/Poster Printing
Duplex Printing
Setting Up Envelope Printing
▶ Printing on Postcards
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.
When you are not able to specify them with the application software, the procedure for selecting a page size and orientation is as follows:
You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab.
- Open the printer driver setup window
- Select the paper size
Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait ○ Landscape Rotate 180 degrees Printer Paper Size Same as Page Size Page Layout: Normal-size Normal-size Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output Duplex Printing Automatic.Print Area Setup Stapling Side: Long-side stapling (Left) Specify Margin... Copies: 1 (1-999) Print from Last Page Collate Print Options... Stamp/Background... Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help3. Set Orientation
Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation. Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees.
4. Click OK
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation.
Note
- If Normal-size is selected for Page Layout, then Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output is displayed.
Normally, you can leave the check box checked. During printing, if you do not want to reduce large documents that cannot be printed on the printer, uncheck the check box.
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab.
-
Open the printer driver setup window
-
Specify the number of copies to be printed
For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait A Landscape Rotate 100 degrees Same as Page Size Printer Paper Size: Plain Paper Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Page Layout: Normal-size Normal-size Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output Duplex Printing Automatic Print Area Setup... Stapling Side: Long-side stapling (Left) Specify Margin... Copies: 6 (1-999) Print from Last Page Collate Print Options... Stamp/Background...Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help- Specify the print order
Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order, and uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.
Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same page number together.
- Print from Last Page: ✓Collate: ✓

- Print from Last Page: /Collate:

- Print from Last Page: √Collate: □

- Print from Last Page: /Collate:

4. Click OK
When you perform print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
Important
- When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
- Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling/Poster is selected for Page Layout.
- When Booklet is selected for Page Layout, Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and cannot be set.
- When Duplex Printing is selected, Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be set.
Note
- By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that papers are collated one by one starting from the last page. These settings can be used in combination with Normal-size, Borderless, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, and Page Layout.
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.

natural_image
Two photos of a white retriever dog lying on grass, one with a blue arrow pointing to the right image (no text or symbols)You can also set borderless printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Note
- You can also set Amount of extension on the operation panel of the printer, but the settings on the printer driver will be prioritized.
Setting Borderless Printing
-
Open the printer driver setup window
-
Set borderless printing
Select Borderless from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait ○ Landscape Rotate 100 degrees Same as Page Size Print/ Paper Size Page Layout: Borderless Normal-size Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout Amount of Extension: Duplex Printing Automatic Stapling Side: Long-side stapling (Left) Specify Margin Copies: 1 (1-999) Print from Last Page Collate Print Options... Stamp Background Defaults OK Cancel Apply HelpClick OK when the confirmation message appears.
When a message prompting you to change the media type appears, select a media type from the list and click OK.
3. Check the paper size
Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing.
4. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.

Important
- When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the paper may become smudged.
5. Click OK
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
- When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected, the size is automatically changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing.
- When Borderless is selected, the Printer Paper Size, Duplex Printing, Stapling Side settings, and the Stamp/Background... button on the Page Setup tab appear grayed out and are unavailable.
- When Envelope, Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers, Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers, High Resolution Paper, or T-Shirt Transfers is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab, you cannot perform borderless printing.
- Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing, the print quality may deteriorate at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form.
- When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
Note
- When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab, borderless printing is not recommended. Therefore, the message for media selection appears.
When you are using plain paper for test printing, select Plain Paper, and click OK.
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However, the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.

Important
- When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print, depending on the size of the paper.

Note
- When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position.
- When Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab, you can confirm whether there will be no margin before printing.
Scaled Printing

other
| Period | Percentage | |--------|----------| | The 10th Anniversary Festival | 70% | | The 10th Anniversary Festival | 115% |- Open the printer driver setup window
- Set scaled printing
Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait A Landscape Rotate 180 degrees Printer Paper Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Page Layout: Scaled Normal-size Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout Scaling: 100 %(20-400) Duplex Printing Automatic Print Area Setup... Stapling Side: Long-side stapling (Left) Specify Margin... Copies: 1 (1-999) Print from Last Page Coliate Print Options... Stamp/Background... Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help- Select the paper size of the document
Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.
- Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods:
- Select a Printer Paper Size
When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be reduced. When the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size, the page image will be enlarged.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Man Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait ○ Landscape Rotate 180 degrees Printer Paper Size: A5 Page Layout: Scaled Normal-size Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout Scaling: 69 %(20-400) Duplex Printing Automatic Print Area Setup... Stapling Side: Long-side stapling (Left) Specify Margin Copies: 1 (1-999) Print from Last Page Collate Print Options... Stamp/Background... Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help- Specify a scaling factor
Directly type in a value into the Scaling box.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait A Landscape Rotate 180 degrees Printer Paper Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Page Layout: Scaled Normal-size Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout Scaling: 13 % (20-400) Duplex Printing Automatic Print Area Setup... Shaping Side: Long-side stapling (Left) Specify Margin Copies: 1 (1-999) Print from Last Page Collate Print Options... Stamp/Background... Defaults OK Cancel Apply HelpThe current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
5.Click OK
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important
- When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function, configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in the printer driver.
Note
- Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.

flowchart
graph LR
A["1: Document 1"] --> B["2: Document 2"]
B --> C["3: Document 3"]
C --> D["4: Document 4"]
D --> E["Final Output Image 1"]
E --> F["Final Output Image 2"]
F --> G["Final Output Image 3"]
G --> H["Final Output Image 4"]
- Open the printer driver setup window
- Set page layout printing
Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait ○ Landscape Rotate 180 degrees Printer Paper Size: Same as Page Size Page Layout: Page Layout Normal-size Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout Specify... Duplex Printing Automatic Stapling Side: Long-side stapling (Top) Specify Margin... Copies: 1 (1-999) Print from Last Page Collate Print Options... Stamp/Background... Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help- Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
- Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box, and click OK.

text_image
Page Layout Printing Page Layout: 2-on-1 Printing Page Order: Left to right Page Border OK Cancel Defaults HelpPage Layout
To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of pages from the list.
Page Order
To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order.
Tiling/Poster Printing
The tiling/poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data, divide it into several pages, and print these pages on separate sheets of paper. You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like a poster.

text_image
Image showing a dog with a photo frame transforming into four separate images, likely illustrating a visual or segmentation process.Setting Tiling/Poster Printing
-
Open the printer driver setup window
-
Set tiling/poster printing
Select Tiling/Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait A Landscape Rotate 180 degrees Printer Paper Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Page Layout: Tiling/Poster Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout Tiling/Poster Specify... Duplex Printing Automatic Print Area Setup... Stapling Side: Long-side stapling (Left) Specify Margin... Copies: 1 (1-999) Print from Last Page Collate Print Options... Stamp/Background... Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help- Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4. Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box, and then click OK.

text_image
Tiling/Poster Printing Image Divisions: Divided into 2 ✓ Print "Cut/Paste" in margins ✓ Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins Print page range ● All ○ Pages: 1-2 Enter page numbers and/or page ranges separated by commas. For example, 1.3.5-12 OK Cancel Defaults HelpImage Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
To leave out words "Cut" and "Paste", uncheck this check box.
Note
- This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
To leave out cut lines, uncheck this check box.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
To reprint only a specific page, select Pages and enter the page number you want to print. To specify multiple pages, enter the page numbers by separating them with commas or by entering a hyphen between the page numbers.
Note
- You can also specify the print range by clicking the pages in the settings preview.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the document will be divided into several pages during printing.
Printing Only Specific Pages
If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing, you can reprint only the specific pages by following the procedure below:
1. Set the print range
In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab, click the pages that do not need to be printed.
The pages that were clicked are deleted, and only the pages to be printed are displayed.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait ○ Landscape Rotate 180 degrees Printer Paper Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Page Layout: Tiling/Poster Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout Tiling/Poster Specify... Duplex Printing Automatic Print Area Setup... Stapling Side: Long-side stapling (Left) Specify Margin... Copies: 1 (1-999) Print from Last Page Collate Print Options... Stamp/Background...Defaults OK Cancel Apply HelpNote
- Click the deleted pages to display them again.
- Right-click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages.
2. Complete the setup
After completing the page selection, click OK.
When you perform print, only specified pages will be printed.
Important
- Since tiling/poster printing enlarges the document when printing it, the print results may become coarse.
Duplex Printing

text_image
Travel Guide Travel GuideYou can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Performing Automatic Duplex Printing
You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper.
-
Open the printer driver setup window
-
Set automatic duplex printing
Check the Duplex Printing check box on the Page Setup tab and confirm that Automatic is checked.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait A Landscape Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Size Printer Paper Size Page Layout: Normal-size Normal-size Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout Automation reduce large document that the printer cannot output Duplex Printing Automatic Print Area Setup... Stapling Side: Long-side stapling (Left) Specify Margin... Copies: 1 (1-999) Print from Last Page Collate Print Options... Stamp/Background...Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help- Select the layout
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
- Set the print area
When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual and the document may not fit on one page.
Click Print Area Setup..., select one of the following process methods, and then click OK.

text_image
Print Area Setup When automatic duplex printing is performed, the printable area of the printer becomes narrower than usual, and the printer may not be able to print the entire document. Select Use reduced printing to print within the printable area. ● Use normal-size printing ○ Use reduced printing OK Cancel Defaults HelpUse normal-size printing
Print without reducing the page.
Use reduced printing
Reduce the page slightly during printing.
5. Specify the side to be stapled
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
6. Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
7. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, duplex printing will be started.
Performing Duplex Printing Manually
You can perform the duplex printing manually.
-
Open the printer driver setup window
-
Set duplex printing
Check the Duplex Printing check box and uncheck the Automatic check box on the Page Setup tab.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait A Landscape Rotate 180 degrees Same as Page Size Printer Paper Size Page Layout: Normal-size Normal-size Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout Automationly reduce large document that the printer cannot output Duplex Printing Automatic Stapling Side: Long-side stapling (Left) Specify Margin... Copies: 1 (1:999) Print from Last Page Collate Print Options... Stamp/Background... Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help- Select the layout
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
- Specify the side to be stapled
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
- Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
- Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper. After one side is printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.
Then click Start Printing to print the opposite side.
Important
- When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab, Duplex Printing appears grayed out and is unavailable.
- When Borderless, Tiling/Poster, or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list, Duplex Printing and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable.
- Duplex Printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
— Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm, A5, A4, B5
- After printing the front page, there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page (Operation stops temporarily). Do not touch the paper during this time. You can change the ink drying wait time at Custom Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Related Topic
→ Changing the Printer Operation Mode
- Load envelope on the printer
- Open the printer driver setup window
- Select the media type
Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Commonly Used Settings Photo Printing Business Document Paper Saving Envelope Save... Delete Preview before printing Additional Features Rotate 180 degrees Media Type: Envelope Print Quality: Standard Printer Paper Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait ○ Landscape Paper Source: Automatically Select Copies: 1 (1-999) Always Print with Current Settings Printer Media Information... Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help- Select the paper size
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48", and then click OK.
- Set the orientation
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.

Note
- If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is selected for Printer Paper Size, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting for Custom Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
6. Select the print quality
Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality.
7. Click OK
When you perform print, the information is printed on the envelope.
Important
- When you perform envelope printing, guide messages are displayed.
To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box.
To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.
Note
- If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper Settings."
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Printer Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box that appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
— Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
— Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
- Load postcard on the printer
- Open the printer driver setup window
- Select commonly used settings
Display the Quick Setup tab, and for Commonly Used Settings, select Standard.
- Select the media type
For Media Type, select Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K (A), Hagaki K, Hagaki (A), or Hagaki.
Important
- This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
- You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
- The paper settings on the printer driver are different, depending on whether you are printing on the address side or the message side.
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Printer Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box that appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see the following:
— Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
— Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
- Select the paper size
For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm.
Important
- Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
- When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your application software or the printer driver.
- Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
-
With return postcards, borderless printing cannot be used.
-
Set the print orientation
To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.
- Select the print quality
For Print Quality, select High or Standard, according to your purpose.
8. Click OK
When you perform printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
Important
- If you want to display a guide message when performing postcard printing, open the Maintenance tab and click View Printer Status to start the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
On the Option menu, choose Display Guide Message and click Hagaki Printing to enable the setting. To hide these guide messages, select the Do not show this message again check box. - When printing on media other than postcards, load the media according to usage method of that media, and click Start Printing.
Overview of the Printer Driver
Canon IJ Printer Driver
- Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
Canon IJ Status Monitor
- Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
▶ Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (simply called printer driver below) is software that you install onto your computer so that it can communicate with the printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different printers support different data formats, you need a printer driver that supports your printer.
Installing the Printer Driver
To install the printer driver, install the driver from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Specifying the Printer Driver
To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using, and select "Canon XXX" (where "XXX" is your model name).
Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver
To display the description of a setup tab from the printer driver's setup screen, click Help on that tab.
Related Topic
→ Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
You can display the printer driver's setup screen from your application software or by clicking the printer icon.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen from Your Application Software
Perform this procedure to set up the print settings during printing.
- Select print command from application software
The Print command can generally be found in the File menu.
- Select your printer model, and click Preferences (or Properties)
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Note
- Depending on the application software you are using, the command and menu names, and the number of steps may vary. For details, refer to the operating instructions of your application software.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen by Clicking the Printer Icon
From the setup screen you can perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning, or set print settings to be shared by all application software.
-
Select Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers
-
Right-click the icon of your model. When the menu appears, select Printing preferences
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Important
- Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties displays such tabs regarding the Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do not appear when opening through Printing preferences or application software. For tabs regarding Windows functions, refer to the user's manual for the Windows.
Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.

text_image
Screenshot of a software toolbar with icons for file operations, editing, and sharing functionsClick the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.

text_image
Canon series - Option Remote UI Help Printing. Document Name: Test Print.txt - Notepad Owner: Printing Page: 1 / 1 Display Print Queue Cancel Printing Estimated ink levels Color Black Ink Model Number Easy Ink Delivery...Note
- To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing, open the printer driver setup window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.
- The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer.
When Errors Occur
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer runs out of paper or if the ink is low).

text_image
Canon series - Support Code : 1000 Paper has run out. 1. Load paper into the rear tray correctly. 2. Press the printer's OK button. If Error Persists Cancel PrintingIn such cases, take the appropriate action as described.
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your model.
- Open the printer driver setup window
- Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status.
3. Display Estimated ink levels
Ink status is displayed as an illustration.

text_image
Canon series - Option Remote UI Help Printer is online. Document Name: Test Print.txt - Notepad Owner: Printing Page: Display Print Queue Cancel Printing Estimated ink levels Color Black Ink Model Number Easy Ink Delivery...This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
- Depending on the document type to be printed, the paper feed method specified in the printer driver may not operate correctly.
If this happens, open the printer driver setup window from the Print dialog box of the application software, and check the setting in the Paper Source field on the Main tab.
- With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be enabled.
In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
- If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly.
- Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of the items, you will not be able to use the following functions correctly.
Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications that prohibit EMF spooling, such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor, the following functions will not operate.
- Preview before printing on the Main tab
• Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab -
Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, Booklet, Duplex Printing, Specify Margin..., Print from Last Page, Collate, and Stamp/Background... on the Page Setup tab
-
Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and lines in the preview display may appear different from the actual print result.
- With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.
To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.
- If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software. This may solve the problem.
Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions
- There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).
- When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word to specify them.
- When Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
- When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce", the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
If this happens, follow the procedure below.
- Open Word's Print dialog box.
-
Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same paper size that you specified in Word.
-
Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window.
- Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.
- Open Word's Print dialog box again.
- Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.
- Start printing.
- If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Systems Incorporated), printing may take time or some data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog box.
Printer Driver Description
Quick Setup Tab Description
▶ Main Tab Description
Page Setup Tab Description
▶ Maintenance Tab Description
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
Quick Setup Tab Description
The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting, the printer automatically switches to the preset items.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Commonly Used Settings Standard Photo Printing Business Document Paper Saving Envelope Save Delete Preview before printing Additional Features Duplex Printing Borderless Printing Grayscale Printing Draft Media Type: Plain Paper Print Quality: Standard Printer Paper Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: Portrait Landscape Paper Source: Automatically Select Copies: 1 (1-999) Always Print with Current Settings Printer Media Information... Defaults OK Cancel Apply HelpCommonly Used Settings
The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied. In addition, functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in
Additional Features.
You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the registered printing profile.
You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the up or down arrow keys.
Standard
These are the factory settings.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Photo Printing
If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are set. The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically.
If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Business Document
Select this setting when printing a general document.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Paper Saving
Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. The 2-on-1 Printing and Duplex Printing check boxes are checked automatically.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Envelope
If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used.
Greeting Card
When selected for printing a greeting card, the Media Type is automatically set to Inkjet Greeting Card. The Print Quality is also set to High, and a check-mark is added to Borderless Printing.
Note
- The combination of the Additional Features that was displayed for the printing profile that had been selected when the added printing profile was saved is also displayed when that added printing profile is selected.
Save...
Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings.
Delete
Deletes a registered printing profile.
Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings, and click Delete. When a confirmation message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing profile.
Note
- Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
Additional Features
Displays the frequently used, convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for
Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed, a description of that function is displayed.
To enable a function, check the corresponding check box.
For some functions, you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs.
Important
- Depending on the printing profiles, certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to change them.
2-on-1 Printing
Prints two pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page Order.
4-on-1 Printing
Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout, and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page Order.
Duplex Printing
Selects whether to print the document on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper.
To change the staple side or the margins, set the new values from the Page Setup tab.
Borderless Printing
Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper.
With the borderless printing function, the document to be printed is enlarged, so that it extends slightly off the paper. In other words, the document is printed without any margin.
To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper, click the Page Setup tab, choose Borderless, and enter the value in Amount of Extension.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment
Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, etc.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
Normally, the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting, and the document is printed with no scaling.
When you set 2-on-1 Printing or 4-on-1 Printing in Additional Features, you can manually set the paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening the Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
To set the print quality level individually, click the Main tab, and for Print Quality, select Custom. The
Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box, and then specify the desired settings.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Paper Source
Select the source from which paper is supplied.
Automatically Select
Based on the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer, the printer automatically determines the paper source and feeds paper.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Cassette
Paper is always supplied from the cassette.
Important
- Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
- When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software.
Always Print with Current Settings
Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.
When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window, the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is possible starting from the next print execution.
Important
- If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function was enabled are not reflected in the print settings.
- If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.
Printer Media Information...
Displays Printer Media Information dialog box.
You can check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer driver.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs to their default values (factory settings).
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab.
Name
Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
Up to 255 characters can be entered.
The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab.
Options...
Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings, and change the items to be saved in the printing profiles.
Icon
Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.
The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab.
Save the paper size setting
Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and consequently the paper size setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size specified with the application software.
Save the orientation setting
Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected, check this check box. If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and consequently the Orientation setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print orientation specified with the application software.
Save the copies setting
Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check this check box. If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and consequently the Copies setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies setting specified with the application software.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units.
Printer Media Information dialog box
This dialog box allows you to check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer driver.
Paper Source
Check the setting or select a new paper source.
Media Type
Displays the Media Type that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Page Size
Displays the Page Size that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Related Topics
→ Basic Printing Setup
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
→ Perform Borderless Printing
→ Duplex Printing
Setting Up Envelope Printing
→ Printing on Postcards
→ Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
→ Displaying the Print Results Before Printing
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
→ Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
→ Specifying Color Correction
→ Adjusting Color Balance
→ Adjusting Brightness
→ Adjusting Contrast
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
Main Tab Description
The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Media Type: Plain Paper Paper Source: Automatically Select Print Quality High Standard Draft Custom Color/Intensity Auto Manual Set... Plain Paper Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Grayscale Printing Preview before printing Defaults OK Cancel Apply HelpSettings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
You may be able to switch the paper source with the printer driver.
Automatically Select
Based on the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer, the printer automatically determines the paper source and feeds paper.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Cassette
Paper is always supplied from the cassette.
Important
- Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
Important
- Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even if the Print Quality is changed.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Custom
Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually.
Set...
Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button.
Open the Custom dialog box. You can then individually set the print quality level.
Color/Intensity
Selects color adjustment method.
Auto
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically.
Manual
Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method.
Set...
Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab, and select the Color Correction method on the Matching tab.
Note
- If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box to set the profile.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory settings).
Custom dialog box
Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.
Quality
You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.

Important
- Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.

Note
- The High, Standard, or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab.
Color Adjustment Tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, and Contrast options.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted.

Note
- The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total color balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.

Important
- When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of your print. You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However, the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed. Moving the slider to the right brightens (dilutes) the colors, and moving the slider to the left darkens (intensifies) the colors. You can also directly enter brightness values that are linked to the slider bar. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Matching Tab
Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed.
Color Correction
Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM, or None to match the purpose of the print operation.
Important
- When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable.
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.
ICM
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Important
- If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
None
Disables color adjustment with the printer driver.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
→ Adjusting Color Balance
→ Adjusting Brightness
→ Adjusting Contrast
→ Specifying Color Correction
→ Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
→ Printing with ICC Profiles
→ Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
→ Displaying the Print Results Before Printing
Page Setup Tab Description
The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the document has a similar function, set them with the application.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Page Size: Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Orientation: ● Portrait A Landscape Rotate 100 degrees Printer Paper Size: Same as Page Size Page Layout: Normal-size Normal-size Borderless Fit-to-Page Scaled Page Layout < > ✓ Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output Duplex Printing ✓ Automatic Print Area Setup... Stapling Side: Long-side stapling (Left) Specify Margin... Copies: 1 (1-999) ✓ Print from Last Page Collate Print Options... Stamp/Background...Defaults OK Cancel Apply HelpSettings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening the Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit-to-Page, Scaled, Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, or Booklet for Page Layout.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
Normal-size
This is the normal printing method. Select this when you do not specify any page layout.
Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output
If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document, the printer can automatically reduce the size when it prints the document.
Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document.
Borderless
Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page margins.
In borderless printing, originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper. Thus, printing can be performed without any margins (border).
Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Amount of Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems.
Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the document to print.
Fit-to-Page
This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software.
Scaled
Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed.
Specify the size in Printer Paper Size, or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box.
Scaling
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
Page Layout
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.
Specify...
Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on page layout printing.
Tiling/Poster
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter, such as a poster.
Specify...
Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on tiling/poster printing.
Booklet
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order, when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Specify...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Duplex Printing
Selects whether to print the document automatically on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper.
Check this check box to print the document on both sides.
This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal-size,
Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is selected.
Automatic
Selects whether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually.
This check box will be enabled if Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list or the Duplex
Printing check box is checked.
To perform duplex printing automatically, check this check box.
To perform duplex printing manually, uncheck this check box.
Print Area Setup...
Opens the Print Area Setup dialog box in which you can configure the print area for automatic duplex printing.
This button will be enabled if automatic duplex printing is set when Borderless is not selected.
Stapling Side
Selects the stapling margin position.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best stapling margin position. Check Stapling Side, and select from the list to change it.
Specify Margin...
Opens the Specify Margin dialog box.
You can specify the width of the margin.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
- If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the number of copies with the application without specifying it here.
Print from Last Page
Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this, you do not need to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.
Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first page.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies. Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped together.
Important
- When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Print Options...
Opens the Print Options dialog box.
Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.
Stamp/Background...
Opens the Stamp/Background dialog box.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data.
Depending on the environment, Stamp and Background may not be available.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper, the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Page Layout
Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings of the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the words.
Note
- Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
- If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the screen will be printed this time.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Print Area Setup dialog box
When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual. Therefore when a document that has small margins is printed, the document may not fit on one page.
This dialog box allows you to set whether the page is to be reduced when printed so that the document fits in one page.
Use normal-size printing
Prints the document pages without reducing them. This is the default setting.
Use reduced printing
Slightly reduces each document page so that it fits on one sheet of paper during printing.
Select this setting when using automatic duplex printing to print a document with small margins.
Specify Margin dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a document does not fit on one page, the document is reduced when printed.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin.
Print Options dialog box
Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.
Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
Disable ICM required from the application software
Disables the ICM function required from the application software.
When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors may be produced or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur, checking this check box may resolve the problems.
Important
- Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
- This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
Disable the color profile setting of the application software
Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application software.
When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver, the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve the problem.
Important
- Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color profile is disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.
- Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Disable the paper source setting of the application software
Disables the paper feed method that is set by the application.
With some applications such as Microsoft Word, the data may be printed with a feed method that differs from the printer driver setting. In this case, check this function.
Important
- When this function is enabled, normally the paper feeding method cannot be changed from the Canon IJ Preview.
Ungroup Papers
Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.
To display the items separately, select the check box.
To display the items as a group, clear the check box.
Do not allow application software to compress print data
Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.
If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check box may improve the condition.
Important
- Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Print after creating print data by page
The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of one page of print data is complete.
If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this check box may improve the results.

Important
- Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Prevention of Print Data Loss
You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print the data.
Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.

Important
- When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print data.
Unit of Print Data Processing
Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer.
Select Recommended under normal circumstances.

Important
- A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings. Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.
Print With
Specify the FINE cartridge to be used from the installed FINE cartridges.
Select from All Colors (Default), Color Only, Black Only.

Important
- When the following settings are specified, Black Only does not function because the printer uses the color FINE cartridge to print documents.
- Other than Plain Paper, Envelope, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or Hagaki is selected for Media Type on the Main tab
- Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab
- Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either FINE cartridge is detached.
Stamp/Background dialog box
The Stamp/Background dialog box allows you to print a stamp and/or background over or behind the document pages. In addition to the pre-registered ones, you can register and use your original stamp or background.
Stamp
Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.
Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.
Define Stamp...
Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box.
You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.
Place stamp over text
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp.
Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data will not be hidden behind the stamp. However, the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document may be hidden.
Stamp first page only
Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document has two or more pages.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.
Background
Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object (bitmap) behind the document.
Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list.
Select Background...
Opens the Background Settings dialog box.
You can register a bitmap as a background, and change layout method and intensity of the selected background.
Background first page only
Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the document has two or more pages.
Check the Background check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a background on the first page only.
Stamp Tab
The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a stamp.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Stamp Type
Specifies the stamp type.
Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file. Select
Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time and user name of the printed document.
The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.
When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name
Stamp Text
Specifies the stamp text string.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text.
Important
- Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date/Time/User Name is selected.
TrueType Font
Selects the font for the stamp text string.
Style
Selects the font style for the stamp text string.
Size
Selects the font size for the stamp text string.
Outline
Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.
If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
Color/Select Color...
Shows the current color for the stamp.
To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box, and select or create a color you wish to use as a stamp.
When Stamp Type is Bitmap
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Size
Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left decreases the size.
Transparent white area
Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Note
- Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType Font to Arial, Style to Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192, 192).
Placement Tab
The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Position
Specifies the stamp position on the page.
Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position and Y-Position coordinates directly.
Rotation
Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of degrees.
Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.
Note
- Rotation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab.
Note
- Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the rotation to 0.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.
Title
Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
- Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Stamps
Shows a list of saved stamp titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the stamp.
Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary stamp.
Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this button.
Background Tab
The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as a background or determine how to print the selected background.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab.
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as the background.
Layout Method
Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper.
When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
Intensity
Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost position.
Note
- Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
- Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the middle.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background.
Title
Enter the title to save the background image you specified.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
- Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Backgrounds
Shows a list of registered background titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the image data as a background.
After inserting the Title, click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary background.
Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list, and then click this button.
Maintenance Tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or check the status of the printer.

text_image
Canon series Printing Preferences Quick Setup Main Page Setup Maintenance Maintenance and Preferences Performs maintenance, such as print head cleaning, and changes the printer settings. View Printer Status About OK Cancel Apply Help
Maintenance and Preferences
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is started.
You can perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
About
Opens the About dialog box.
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window.
Important
- If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the characters will be garbled.
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.

text_image
Canon series - Option Remote UI Help Printing: Document Name: Test Print.txt - Notepad Owner: Printing Page: 1 / 1 Display Print Queue Cancel Printing Estimated ink levels Color Black Ink Model Number Easy Ink Delivery...Features of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor has the following functions:
Onscreen display of printer status
The status monitor displays the printer status in real-time.
You can check the progress of each document to be printed (print job).
Display of error content and correction procedure
The status monitor displays information on any errors that occur on the printer.
You can then immediately check what sort of action to perform.
Ink status display
The status monitor displays FINE cartridge types and estimated ink levels.
When the remaining ink level becomes low, a warning icon and message (low ink level warning) are displayed.
Overview of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor uses images and messages to display the printer status and the ink status. During printing, you can check information about the document being printed and the print progress. If an error occurs, the status monitor displays the error content and instructions on how to correct the error. Follow the message instructions.
Printer
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.

: There is a warning.

: There has been an operator error.

: There is a notice about something other than a warning or an error.

: There has been an error which requires a service.
Document Name
Name of the document being printed.
Owner
Owner's name of the document being printed.
Printing Page
Page number of current page and the total page count.
Display Print Queue
The print queue, which controls the current document and documents waiting to be printed.
Cancel Printing
Cancels printing.
Estimated ink levels
Displays icons to report a remaining ink level warning and an ink depletion error.
The estimated ink level of the FINE cartridge is also displayed as an illustration.
Move the cursor onto the image to check detailed information such as the remaining ink levels and the names of FINE cartridges that the printer can use.
The colors are calibrated to match the color with the least amount of ink remaining, and then all colors are displayed at the same level.
Ink Model Number
You can look up the correct FINE cartridge for your printer.
Option Menu
If a printer message appears, select Enable Status Monitor to start the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Select Enable Status Monitor to use the following commands:
Always Display Current Job
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor whenever a document is being printed.
Always Display on Top
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.
Display Guide Message
Displays guide messages for complicated paper setting operations.
Envelope Printing
Displays a guide message when envelope printing starts.
To hide this guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
To display the guide message again, open the Option menu, select Display Guide
Message, click Envelope Printing, and enable this setting.
Hagaki Printing
Displays a guide message before the printer begins hagaki printing.
To display this guide message, open the Option menu, select Display Guide
Message, click Hagaki Printing, and enable this setting.
To hide the guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
Display Warning Automatically
When a Low Ink Warning Occurs
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window automatically and displays it in front of the other windows when a low ink warning occurs.
Start when Windows is Started
Automatically starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor when Windows is started.
Remote UI menu
You are able to open the printer's Remote User Interface.
You are able to check the printer status and run maintenance functions on the printer when connected to and using it through a network.

Note
- When the printer is being used via USB connection Remote UI will not display.
Printer Information
Allows you check detailed information, such as the printer status, the print progress, and remaining ink levels.
Maintenance
Allows you to run printer maintenance and change printer settings.
Download Security Certificate
Displays the For secure communication window.
This window allows you to download the route certificate, register it to the browser, and disable warning displays.
Help Menu
Select this menu to display Help information for the Canon IJ Status Monitor including version and copyright information.
You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers for your model.
- Turn off the printer
- Start the installer
Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.
The installation program starts.
Important
- A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software. This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task. When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue, Allow) to continue. Some applications require an administrator account to continue. In such cases, switch to an administrator account, and restart the operation from the beginning.
- Install the MP Drivers
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
- Complete the installation
Click Complete.
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may be displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
Important
- You can download the MP Drivers for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility.
- Before installing the latest MP Drivers, delete the previously installed version.
Related Topics
→ Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers
→ Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
→ Before Installing the MP Drivers
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
▶ Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
▶ Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
▶ Printing from Windows 10 Mobile Device
▶ Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
- Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)
- Direct wireless connection (connecting devices using Wireless Direct)
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print or scan by connecting the devices to the printer directly.
Follow the procedure below to use Wireless Direct.
- Preparing the printer.
→ Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
- Preparing a device to connect to the printer.
→ Changing Settings of a Device and Connecting It to the Printer
- Printing/Scanning.
→ Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
Important
- You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time.
- Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the Wireless Direct.
→ Restrictions
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
-
Check that printer is turned on.
-
Press the OK button.
-
Select Device settings.
-
Select LAN settings.
-
Select Wireless Direct.
-
Select Advanced mode.
-
Select Next.
A confirmation screen to enable Wireless Direct appears.
- Select ON.
The Wireless Direct is enabled and a device can be connected to the printer wirelessly.
Note
- To show the password, select ON. To hide the password, select OFF.
- The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device you are using, no password is required.
- When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the device name displayed on the LCD from your device.
- To update the identifier (SSID) and the password, see below.
→ Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Changing Settings of a Device and Connecting It to the Printer
- Turn on Wi-Fi function on your device.
Enable "Wi-Fi" on your device's "Setting" menu.
For more on turning on Wi-Fi function, see your device's instruction manual.
- Select "DIRECT-XXXX-TS5300series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from list displayed on your device.
Note
- If "DIRECT-XXXX-TS5300series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not enabled. See Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct to enable Wireless Direct.
- Enter password.
Your device is connected to the printer.
Note
- Check the password for the Wireless Direct. Check by one of the following methods.
— Display on the LCD of the printer.
→ LAN settings
— Print the network settings.
→ Printing Network Settings
- Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a device to the printer via Wi-Fi. Enter the password specified for the printer.
- If your Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is set to prioritize using Wi-Fi Direct and it is connecting to the printer, the printer displays a confirmation screen asking if you allow the device to connect to the printer.
Make sure the name on the LCD is the same as that of your wireless communication device and select Yes.
Printing/Scanning with Wireless Direct
After connecting a device and the printer, start printing/scanning from the application of your device.
Note
- For more on printing or scanning from a device via Wi-Fi, refer to the device's or application's instruction manual.
- You can print/scan from your smartphone or tablet by installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY. Download it from App Store and Google Play.
→ For iOS
→ For Android
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Press the OK button.
- Select Device settings.
- Select LAN settings.
Note
- To print network settings, select Print details.
-
Select Wireless Direct.
-
Select a setting item.

text_image
Show setting info Advanced mode Change SSID/devi... Change password• Show setting info
A confirmation screen is displayed whether you want to display password information.
When you select ON or OFF, the setting values for using the printer with Wireless Direct are displayed.
Devices detect the printer by Network (SSID)/device name shown on the screen.
- Change SSID/device name
Change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct.
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
- To set manually
- Select Change manually.
- Enter the identifier or printer name.
- Confirm the inputted content and press the Start button.
- To set automatically
- Select Auto update.
- Select Yes.
- To show the password, select ON and to hide the password, select OFF.
You can check the updated identifier (SSID).
- Change password
Change the password for Wireless Direct.
- To set manually.
- Select Change manually.
The input screen will appear. - Select the entry field and enter the password (up to 10 characters).
- Confirm the inputted content and press the Start button.
- To set automatically
- Select Auto update.
- Select Yes.
- To show the password, select ON and to hide the password, select OFF.
You can check the password.
- Connection request confirmation
Change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to the printer.
If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to the printer, select ON.
Important
- To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should select the setting to display the confirmation screen.
Note
- If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the device.
Paper Settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.

Note
- The default display setting is different between, when you print from Smartphone/tablet, when you print from Windows, and when you print from macOS.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
After loading paper:
- When you close the feed slot cover:

natural_image
Line drawing of a printer with paper being inserted (no text or symbols)The screen to register the rear tray paper information is displayed.

text_image
Rear tray A4 Plain paper OK ChangeIf the page size on the LCD matches the size of the paper loaded in the rear tray, select OK. If not, select Change to change the setting in accordance with the size of the loaded paper.
- When you insert the cassette:

natural_image
Diagram showing a printer being inserted into a plastic holder, with no text or symbols present.Paper size is detected and set automatically in the printer.
* You can load only plain paper in the cassette.
Important
- For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows) or on the LCD:
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When the paper settings for printing are different from the paper information registered to the printer:
Ex:
• Paper settings for printing/copying: A5
• Paper information registered to the printer: A4

text_image
Rear tray A4 Plain paper OK Change A4 A5When you start printing, a message will appear.

text_image
Support Code 2114 The following paper is not loaded in the rear tray. A5 NextCheck the message and select Next. When the screen to select the operation is displayed, select one of the operations below.
Note
- Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.
Print on set paper
Select if you want to print on the paper loaded without changing the paper settings.
For example, when the paper setting for printing is A5 and the paper information registered to the printer is A4, the printer starts printing on the paper loaded in the rear tray or in the cassette without changing the paper size setting for printing.
Replace paper
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the rear tray or the cassette.
For example, when the paper size setting for printing is A5 and the paper information registered to the printer is A4, you load A5 sized paper in the rear tray or in the cassette before you start printing.
The paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper. Register the paper information according to the paper that you loaded.
Note
- If you do not know what paper information to register to the printer, press the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed.
- For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows) or on the LCD:
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing/copying. Change the paper settings and try printing again.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
- When you print/copy using the operation panel of the printer or when you print from smartphone/tablet:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting:
→ Feed settings
- When you print from Windows:
The message which prevents misprinting is disabled by default.
To change the setting:
→ Changing the Printer Operation Mode
- When you print from macOS:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting:
→ Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Important
- When the message which prevents misprinting is disabled:
The printer starts printing even though the paper settings for printing and the paper information registered to the printer are different.
Copying

Making Copies Basics

Reducing/Enlarging Copies

Two-Sided Copying

Special Copy Menu

Copying Using Smartphone or Tablet
This section describes the basic procedure to perform standard copying.
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Load paper.
- Load original document on platen.
- Confirm the page size and color mode.

text_image
1 A4 Color copy OK MenuNote
- To change the paper position, color mode and other settings, press the OK button. Select Copy settings to display the desired setting item.
Setting Items for Copying
- Use the ▲ Button to specify the number of copies.
Note
- You can specify the number of copies even if you select Copies from Copy settings.
- Press the Start button.
The printer starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen after copying is complete.
Important
- Do not open the document cover or remove the original while Copying... is displayed on the screen.
Note
- To cancel copying, press the Stop button.
Setting Items for Copying
You can change the copy settings such as the page position, color mode, and intensity.
Press the OK button and select Copy settings.
Use the ▲▼ button to set the number of copies, paper source, color mode, then press the OK button.
Use the ▲▼ button to select Others when adjusting other settings, then press the OK button.
Note
- The setting currently specified appears in the selected state.
- Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting items or the copy menu.
- The settings of the Intensity: Auto and print quality are retained even if the printer is turned off.
- Number of copies
Specify the number of copies.
Ex:

text_image
1 1 - 99- Paper source
Select a paper source (rear tray/cassette) where paper is loaded.
Ex:

text_image
Source: Rear tray A4 Plain paper Source: Cassette A4 Plain paper- Color mode
Select the color mode for copying (color copy/black & white copy).
- Others
- Two-Sided Copying
Select whether to perform duplex copying.
→ Two-Sided Copying
Note
- This item appears when A4 or Letter is selected.
- Layout
Select whether to copy two pages onto a single page.
→ Copying Two Pages onto Single Page
Note
- This item appears when A4 or Letter is selected.
- Copy intensity
Change the intensity (brightness).
Note
- If you select Intensity: Auto, load the original on the platen.
- Enlarge/Reduce
Select the reduction/enlargement method.
→ Reducing/Enlarging Copies
- Print quality
Select the print quality according to the original.
Note
- The Quality: Draft can be set when the paper type is normal paper.
Scanning

Scanning from Computer (Windows)

Scanning from Computer (macOS)

Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility)
- IJ Scan Utility Features
- Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
• Scanning Documents and Photos - Creating/Editing PDF Files
■ Setting Passwords for PDF Files
■ Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)
Scanning Tips
• Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
• Network Scan Settings
■ IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility)
IJ Scan Utility Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
▶ Scanning Documents and Photos
Creating/Editing PDF Files
- Setting Passwords for PDF Files
• Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
IJ Scan Utility Features
Use IJ Scan Utility to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon.

text_image
Canon U Scan Utility Product Name: Canon series Auto Document Photo Custom OCR Stitch ScanGear PDF Editor Instructions Settings...Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
- For details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
- The default save folders are as follows.
- Windows 10/Windows 8.1:
Documents folder
- Windows 7:
My Documents folder
• To change folder, see Settings Dialog Box.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.

text_image
Settings (Custom Scan) Auto Scan Document Scan Photo Scan Custom Scan OCR Scan and Stitch ScanGear Scan Options Source Type: Auto Color Mode: Color Original Size: Auto Resolution: Auto + Image Processing Settings Save Settings File Name: IMG Save in: Documents Data Format: Auto JPEG Image Quality: Standard PDF Compression: Standard ✓ Create a PDF file that supports keyword search ✓ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings ● Open with an application: Windows Explorer ○ Send to an application: Preview ○ Send to a folder: OneDrive ○ Attach to e-mail: None (Attach Manually) ○ Start OCR: Output to Text ○ Do not start an application More Functions Instructions Defaults OKNote
- To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog Box.
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen.

Important
- The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver), and then scan again.
— Photos with a whitish background
- Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
- Thin items
- Thick items
- Make sure scanner or printer is turned on.
- Place items on platen.
→ Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
- Start IJ Scan Utility.
- Click Auto.

text_image
Canon UI Scan Utility Product Name: Canon series Auto Document Photo Custom OCR Stitch ScanGear PDF Editor Instructions Settings...Scanning starts.

Note
- To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
- Use the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box to set where to save the scanned images and to make advanced scan settings.
- To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.
→ Scanning Documents and Photos
→ Scanning with Favorite Settings
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
- Place the item on the platen.
→ Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
-
Start IJ Scan Utility.
-
To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then set each item in the Settings dialog box.
Note
- Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning from the next time.
- In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline emphasis, set the destination of the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
- Click Document or Photo.

text_image
Canon UI Scan Utility Product Name: Canon series Auto Document Photo Custom OCR Stitch ScanGear PDF Editor Instructions Settings...Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
Creating/Editing PDF Files
You can create PDF files by scanning items placed on the platen. Add, delete, rearrange pages or make other edits in the created PDF files.

Important
- You can create or edit up to 100 pages of a PDF file at one time.
- Only PDF files created or edited in IJ Scan Utility or IJ PDF Editor are supported. PDF files created or edited in other applications are not supported.

Note
- You can also create PDF files from images saved on a computer.
- Selectable file formats are PDF, JPEG, TIFF, and PNG.
- Images whose number of pixels in the vertical or horizontal direction is 10501 or more cannot be used.
- When you select a password-protected PDF file, you must enter the password.
→ Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
- Place items on platen.
- Start IJ Scan Utility.
- Click PDF Editor.

text_image
Canon UI Scan Utility Product Name: Canon series Auto Document Photo Custom OCR Stitch ScanGear PDF Editor Instructions Settings...IJ PDF Editor starts.
- To specify paper size, resolution, and other settings, click Settings... from the File menu, and then set each item in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box.

Note
- Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning from the next time.
- In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline emphasis.
When setting is completed, click OK.
5. Click (Scan) on Toolbar.

text_image
Canon U PDF Editor - [IMG] File Edit View Send Help IMG 1 2 Selected pages: 1 Total pages: 2Scanning starts.
Note
- To open a file saved on the computer, click Open... from the File menu, and then select the file you want to edit.
- You can switch the view with the Toolbar buttons. For details, see PDF Edit Screen.
6. Add pages as needed.
When scanning and adding more items:
Place items, and then click (Scan) on the Toolbar.
When adding existing images or PDF files:
Click 📋 (Add Page) on the Toolbar. After the Open dialog box appears, select the image(s) or PDF file(s) you want to add, and then click Open.
Note
- You can also add images or PDF files from Add Page from Saved Data... in the File menu.
7. Edit pages as needed.
When changing page order:
Click the page you want to move, and then click (Page Up) or (Page Down) on the Toolbar to change the page order. You can also change the page order by dragging and dropping a page to the target location.
When deleting pages:
Click the page you want to delete, and then click (Delete Page) on the Toolbar.

Note
• These buttons appear when two or more pages have been created.
8. Select Save As... in File menu.
The Save dialog box appears.
9. Specify save settings.
→ Save Dialog Box (PDF Edit Screen)
10. Click Save.
The PDF file is saved.

Note
- When a password-protected PDF file is edited, the passwords will be deleted. Reset the passwords in the Save dialog box.
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
• To overwrite a saved file, click (Save) on the Toolbar.
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Scanning in Basic Mode
▶ ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens
▶ General Notes (Scanner Driver)
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. Use the software to specify the output size, image corrections, and other settings.
ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with the standard TWAIN interface. (ScanGear is a TWAIN-compatible driver.)
Features
Specify the document type, output size, and other settings when scanning documents and preview scan results. Make various correction settings or finely adjust the brightness, contrast, and other parameters to scan in a specific color tone.
Screens
There are two modes: Basic Mode and Advanced Mode.
Switch modes with the tabs on the upper right of the screen.
Basic Mode Advanced Mode
Note
- ScanGear starts in the last used mode.
- Settings are not retained when you switch modes.
Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following three simple on-screen steps (1, 2, and 3).

text_image
ScanGear Basic Mode Advanced Mode 1 Select Source Photo (Color) 2 Display Preview Image Preview Destination Print Output Size Flexible Invert aspect ratio Adjust cropping frames Image corrections Correct fading Color Pattern... 3 Scan Image Scan Preferences... CloseAdvanced Mode
Use the Advanced Mode tab to scan by specifying the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, color tone, and other settings.

text_image
ScanGear Basic Mode: Advanced Mode Favorite Settings User defined Input Settings Source Type: Platen Original Size: Full Platen Color Mode: Color 3.48 2.44 inches Output Settings Output Resolution: 300 dpi Output Size: Flexible 3.48 2.44 100% Data Size: 2.18 MB Image Settings Image Adjustments: Auto Unsharp Mask: ON Descreen: OFF Reduce Dust and Scratches: None Fading Corrections: None Gran Corrections: None Gutter Shadow Corrections: None Custom Defaults Zoom Preview Scan Preferences... CloseStarting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. Start ScanGear from IJ Scan Utility or other applications.
Note
- If you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection, set up the network environment.
Starting from IJ Scan Utility
- Start IJ Scan Utility.
For details, click Home to return to the top page of the Online Manual for your model and search for "Starting IJ Scan Utility."
- In IJ Scan Utility main screen, click ScanGear.
The ScanGear screen appears.
Starting from Application
The procedure varies depending on the application. For details, see the application's manual.
-
Start application.
-
On application's menu, select machine.
Note
- A machine connected over a network, will have "Network" displayed after the product name.
- Scan document.
The ScanGear screen appears.
Scanning in Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
To scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen, see Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver).
When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), preview is not available.
Important
- The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click (Thumbnail) on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.
— Photos with a whitish background
- Documents printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear documents
- Thin documents
- Thick documents
- The following types of documents cannot be scanned correctly.
— Documents smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
— Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes
Note
- Both sides of a two sided document can be scanned simultaneously on models with ADF duplex scanning support.
- Place document on machine's Platen or ADF, and then start ScanGear (scanner driver).
→ Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
- Set Select Source to match your document.

text_image
ScanGear Basic Mode Advanced Mode 1 Select Source Photo (Color) 2 Display Preview Image Preview Destination Print Output Size Flexible Divert aspect ratio Adjust cropping frames Image corrections Correct fading Color Pattern... 3 Scan Image Scan Preferences... CloseImportant
- Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the application's manual.
Note
• To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color).
3. Click Preview.
Preview image appears in the Preview area.

text_image
ScanGear Basic Mode Advanced Mode 1 Select Source Movie Default 2 Display Preview Image Preview Destination Print Output Size Flexible Invert aspect ratio Adjust cropping frames Image corrections Correct fading Color Pattern... 3 Scan Image Scan Preferences... CloseImportant
- Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF.
Note
- Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source.
4. Set Destination.
Note
- Skip ahead to Step 7 if an ADF option is selected in Select Source.
5. Set Output Size.
Output size options vary with the selected Destination.
6. Adjust cropping frames (scan areas) as needed.
Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image.
→ Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
7. Set Image corrections as needed.
8. Click Scan.
Scanning starts.
Note

- Click (Information) to display a dialog box showing the document type and other details of the current scan settings.
- How ScanGear behaves after scanning is complete can be set from Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Related Topic
→ Basic Mode Tab
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens
Basic Mode Tab
▶ Advanced Mode Tab
Basic Mode Tab
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab.

text_image
ScanGear Basic Mode Advanced Mode 1 Select Source Photo (Color) 2 Display Preview Image Preview Destination Print Output Size Flexible Invert aspect ratio Adjust cropping frames Image corrections Correct fading Color Pattern... 3 Scan Image Scan Preferences... Close(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
→ (2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Note
- The displayed items vary by document type and view.
- Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Select Source
Photo (Color)
Scan color photos.
Magazine (Color)
Scan color magazines.
Document (Color)
Scan documents in color.
Document (Grayscale)
Scan documents in black and white.
Document (Color) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in black and white.
Document (Color) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white.
Important
- Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the application's manual.
Note
- When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active.
- When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.
- When you select Magazine (Color), the descreen function will be active.
Display Preview Image
Preview
Performs a trial scan.

text_image
ScanGear Basic Mode: Advanced Mode 1 Select Source Photo (Color) 2 Display Preview Image Preview Destination Print Output Size Flexible Divert aspect ratio Adjust cropping frames Image corrections Correct fading Color Pattern... 3 Scan Image Scan Preferences... CloseNote
- When using the machine for the first time, scanner calibration starts automatically. Wait a while until the preview image appears.
Destination
Select what you want to do with the scanned image.
Select this to print the scanned image on a printer.
Image display
Select this to view the scanned image on a monitor.
OCR
Select this to use the scanned image with OCR software.
"OCR software" is software that converts text scanned as an image into text data that can be edited in word processors and other programs.
Output Size
Select an output size.
Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination.
Flexible
Adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) freely.
In thumbnail view:
Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is displayed, each frame is scanned individually.
In whole image view:
When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned.
Paper Size (such as L or A4)
Select an output paper size. The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size of the selected paper size. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it while maintaining the aspect ratio.
Monitor Size (such as 1024 x 768 pixels)
Select an output size in pixels. A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will appear and the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it while maintaining the aspect ratio.
Add/Delete...
Displays the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box for specifying custom output sizes. This option can be selected when Destination is Print or Image display.

text_image
Add/Delete the Output Size Output Size Name : New Setting Width : 6.00 Height : 4.00 Unit : inches Add Delete Output Size List : Save CancelIn the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, multiple output sizes can be specified and then saved at one time. Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected, along with the predefined items.
Adding:
Enter Output Size Name, Width, and Height, and then click Add. For Unit, select inches or mm if Destination is Print; if it is Image display, only pixels can be selected. The name of the added size appears in Output Size List. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List.
Deleting:
Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List, and then click Delete. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List.
Important
- Predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 × 768 pixels cannot be deleted.
Note
- Save up to 10 items.
- An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value within the setting range.
Note
- For details on whether or how the cropping frame initially appears on a preview image, see Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab of the Preferences dialog box.

Invert aspect ratio
Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.
Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.
Adjust cropping frames
Adjust the scan area within the Preview area.
If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area is specified, only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned.
→ Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Image corrections
Correct the image to be scanned.
Important
- Apply Auto Document Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Note
• Available functions vary by the document type selected in Select Source.
Apply Auto Document Fix
Sharpens text in a document or magazine for better readability.
Important
- Scanning may take longer than usual when this checkbox is selected.
- The color tone may change from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect the checkbox and scan.
- Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
Correct fading
Corrects photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast.
Correct gutter shadow
Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Important
- Be sure to see Gutter Shadow Correction for precautions and other information on using this function.
Color Pattern...
Adjust the image's overall color. Correct colors that have faded due to colorcast or other reasons and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes.
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern
Important
- This setting is not available when Color Matching is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Scan Image
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
- When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
In thumbnail view:

text_image
Row of app icons including photo, document, refresh, checklist, grid, info, and question markIn whole image view:

text_image
Row of software icons including image editing, document handling, photo editing, grid, error bar, info, and question mark
Switches the view in the Preview area.
→ (3) Preview Area

Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
- The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
- The image returns to its original state when you preview again.

(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
- The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
- The image returns to its original state when you preview again.

(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas within the cropping frame.

(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.

(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.

(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.

(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.

(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.

(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan settings.

(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.

natural_image
Four separate photos of dog breeds and dogs with different expressions, each labeled with a checkmark (1–4), no text or symbols present.Note
- When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.
- Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
- Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.
— Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
- Double-click a frame to enlarge the image. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next frame. Double-click the enlarged frame again to return it to its original state.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be scanned.


natural_image
Collage of four dog breeds and dogs in pet settings, no text or symbols visibleNote
- Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
→ Scanning in Basic Mode
Advanced Mode Tab
This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, and color tone.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab.

text_image
ScanGear Basic Mode Advanced Mode Favorite Settings User defined Input Settings Source Type: Platen Original Size: Full Platen Color Mode: Color 8.50 11.69 inches Output Settings Output Resolution: 300 dpi Output Size: Flexible 8.50 11.69 100% Data Size: 25.61MB Image Settings Image Adjustment: None Unsharp Mask: ON Descreen: OFF Reduce Dust and Scratches: None Fading Correction: None Grain Correction: None Gutter Shadow Correction: None Custom Defaults Zoom Preview Scan Preferences... Close(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
→ (2) Toolbar
→ (3) Preview Area
Important
- The displayed items vary depending on your model, document type, and view.
- The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Favorite Settings
You can name and save a group of settings (Input Settings, Output Settings, Image Settings, and Color Adjustment Buttons) on the Advanced Mode tab, and load it as required. It is convenient to save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly. You can also use this to reload the default settings.
Select Add/Delete... from the pull-down menu to open the Add/Delete Favorite Settings dialog box.

text_image
Add/Delete Favorite Settings Setting Name : New Setting Favorite Settings List : Add Delete Save CancelEnter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List.
When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with the predefined items.
To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings displayed in Favorite Settings List.
Note
- You can set Add/Delete... in Favorite Settings after preview.
- Save up to 10 items.
Input Settings
Specify the input settings such as the document type and size.
Output Settings
Specify the output settings such as the output resolution and size.
Image Settings
Enable/disable various image correction functions.
Color Adjustment Buttons
Fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram) or balance (tone curve).
Zoom
Zooms in on a frame, or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame (scan area). When zoomed in, Zoom changes to Undo. Click Undo to return the display to its non-magnified state.
In thumbnail view:
When multiple images are displayed in thumbnail view, clicking this button zooms in on the selected frame. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next frame.
Note
- You can also zoom in on an image by double-clicking the frame. Double-click the enlarged frame again to return it to its original state.
In whole image view:
Rescans the image in the area specified with a cropping frame at higher magnification.
Note
- Zoom rescans the document and displays high-resolution image in Preview.

- (Enlarge/Reduce) on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly. However, the resolution of the displayed image will be low.
Preview
Performs a trial scan.

text_image
ScanGear Basic Mode: Advanced Mode Favorite Settings: User defined Input Settings Source Type: Platen Original Size: Full Platen Color Mode: Color 3.40 2.44 inches Output Settings Output Resolution: 300 dpi Output Size: Flexible 3.40 2.44 100% Data Size: 2.18 MB Image Settings Image Adjustment: Auto Unsharp Mask: ON Descreen: OFF Reduce Dust and Scratches: None Fading Correction: None Grain Correction: None Gutter Shadow Correction: None Custom Defaults Zoom Preview Scan Preferences... CloseScan
Starts scanning.
Note
- When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
- When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear. Follow the prompt to complete. For details, refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning in Scan Tab (Preferences dialog box).
- It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain size. In that case, a warning message appears; it is recommended that you reduce the total size. To continue, scan in whole image view.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
In thumbnail view:

text_image
Row of software icons including file, document, photo editing, checklist, grid, info, and question markIn whole image view:

text_image
Row of software icons including document, image editing, search, photo editing, and information tools
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
→ (3) Preview Area

(Clear)
Deletes the preview image from the Preview area.
It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings.

(Crop)
Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse.

(Move Image)
Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in the Preview area does not fit in the screen. You can also move the image using the scroll bars.

(Enlarge/Reduce)
Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image. Right-click the image to zoom out.

(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
- The image returns to its original state when you preview again.

(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
- The image returns to its original state when you preview again.

(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas within the cropping frame.

(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.

(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.

(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.

(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.

(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.

(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan settings.

(Open Guide)
Opens this page.

(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.

When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.

natural_image
Four separate photos of dog breeds and dogs with different expressions, each labeled with a checkmark (1–4), no text or symbols present.Note
- When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.
- Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
- Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.
— Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.

When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be scanned.

natural_image
Four dog photos of different sizes and breeds, including two black dogs with long ears and two white dogs with long ears, each holding a red neckerchief (no text or symbols visible)Note
- Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.
→ Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
→ Scanning in Advanced Mode
→ Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode
ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it.
Scanner Driver Restrictions
- When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons. Contact the computer's administrator for help.
- Some computers (including laptops) connected to the machine may not resume correctly from standby mode. In that case, restart the computer.
- Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same computer simultaneously. If multiple scanning devices are connected, you cannot scan from the operation panelor scanner buttons of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing the devices.
- Calibration may take time if the machine is connected via USB1.1.
- Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep or standby mode. In that case, follow these steps and scan again.
If your model has no power button, perform Step 2 only.
- Turn off the machine.
- Exit ScanGear, then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it.
- Turn on the machine.
If scanning still fails, restart the computer.
- ScanGear cannot be opened in multiple applications at the same time. Within an application, ScanGear cannot be opened for the second time when it is already open.
- Be sure to close the ScanGear window before closing the application.
- When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the machine cannot be accessed from multiple computers at the same time.
- When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, scanning takes longer than usual.
- Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high resolutions. For example, at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600 dpi in full-color.
- ScanGear and WIA driver cannot be used at the same time.
- Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning.
Applications with Restrictions on Use
- Some applications may not display the TWAIN user interface. In that case, refer to the application's manual and change the settings accordingly.
- Some applications do not support continuous scanning of multiple documents. In some cases, only the first scanned image is accepted, or multiple images are scanned as one image. For such applications, do not scan multiple documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
-
To import scanned images into Microsoft Office 2000, first save them using IJ Scan Utility, then import the saved files from the Insert menu.
-
When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), click Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen. Otherwise, images may not be scanned correctly.
- When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007/Microsoft Office 2010 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), use Microsoft Clip Organizer.
- Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating system's virtual memory and retry.
- When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case, cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating system's virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry. Alternatively, scan the image via IJ Scan Utility first, then save and import it into the application.
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
▶ Network Scan Settings
- IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen for scanning. If items are not placed correctly they may not be scanned correctly.

Important
- Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
- Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
- Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down the original.
- Close the document cover when scanning.
Placing Items
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.

Important
- When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear (scanner driver), align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
- Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square cannot be cropped accurately when scanning.
- Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, and BD/DVD/CD Magazines, Newspapers, and Documents




Single item:
Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and the item. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.

text_image
A4 LTR


Place the item face-down on the platen and align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.

text_image
A4 LTR
Important
- Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format.
Multiple items:
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.

text_image
A A A A LTR iA4A : 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more

Note
- Place up to 12 items.
- Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are corrected automatically.

Important
- For the portions in which items cannot be scanned, see Loading Originals.
You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers.
Important
- Multiple users cannot scan at the same time.
Note
- Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand by following the instructions on our website.
- With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection.
Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network.
Specifying Your Scanner or Printer
Use IJ Network Scanner Selector EX to specify the scanner you want to use. By specifying the scanner, you can scan over a network from your computer.
Important
- If the product you want to use is changed with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, the product used for scanning with IJ Scan Utility changes as well.
If your scanner or printer is not selected in IJ Scan Utility, check that it is selected with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX.
Refer to "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
1. Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running, (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the notification area on the desktop. Click ☐ check the hidden icons as well.
Note
- If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to start.
- Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click (All apps >) Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.
- Windows 8.1:
Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2".
- Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
- In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2), then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
- Select your scanner or printer from Scanners.
Normally, the MAC address of your scanner or printer is already selected after the network setup. In that case, you do not need to select it again.
Important
- If multiple scanners exist on the network, multiple model names appear. In that case, you can select one scanner per model.
- Click OK.
Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
To scan from IJ Scan Utility using a scanner or printer connected to a network, specify your scanner or printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, then follow the steps below to change the connection status between it and the computer.
- Start IJ Scan Utility.
- Select "Canon XXX series Network" (where "XXX" is the model name) for Product Name.
-
Click Settings... to use another scanner connected to a network.
-
Click (General Settings), then click Select in Product Name.
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen of IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears.
Select the scanner you want to use and click OK.
- In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, click OK.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears. You can scan via a network connection.
Note
- If your scanner or printer does not appear, check the following, click OK to close the screen, then reopen it and try selecting again.
— MP Drivers is installed
— Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers
— Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled
If the problem is still not solved, see Network Communication Problems.
Frequently Asked Questions

Network
→ Cannot Find Printer on Network
→ Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
→ Network Key (Password) Unknown
→ Cannot Print or Connect
For other questions about network, click here.

Print
Printer Does Not Print
→ Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
→ Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
→ List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
→ Cannot Print or Connect

Installation
→ Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
→ Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)

Error
→ When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
Solve Problems
Printer Does Not Work
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
→ Wrong Language Appears in LCD
→ LCD Is Off
→ USB Connection Problems
→ Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
→ Printer Does Not Print
→ Copying/Printing Stops
→ Cannot Print Using AirPrint
→ Printer Prints Slowly
→ Ink Does Not Come Out
→ List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/“No Paper” Error
→ Automatic Duplex Printing Problems
→ Paper Does Not Feed from Paper Source Specified in Printer Driver (Windows)
→ Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
→ Scanning Problems (Windows)
→ Scanning Problems (macOS)
→ Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows)
→ Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (macOS)
→ Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Set Correctly (Network)
→ Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
→ Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
→ Network Key (Password) Unknown
→ Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
→ Checking Network Information
→ Restoring to Factory Defaults
Cannot Set Correctly (Installation)
→ Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
→ Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
Error or Message Appears
→ When Error Occurred
→ Message (Support Code) Appears
→ List of Support Code for Error
Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
→ IJ Scan Utility Error Messages (Windows)
→ IJ Scan Utility Lite Error Messages (macOS)
→ ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages (Windows)
Operation Problems
→ Network Communication Problems
→ Printing Problems
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
→ Scanning Problems (Windows)
→ Scanning Problems (macOS)
→ Mechanical Problems
→ Installation and Download Problems
→ Errors and Messages
→ If You Cannot Solve a Problem
Network Settings and Common Problems
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to use.

text_image
Wireless LAN
text_image
Wireless DirectWireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer
→ Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
→ Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
→ Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
Printer is Not Found by Printer Find Screen of Setup
→ Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
→ Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
→ Detect Same Printer Name
→ Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
→ Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
→ Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
→ Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
→ Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
→ Network Key (Password) Unknown
→ Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
→ Checking Network Information
→ Restoring to Factory Defaults
→ Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
→ Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
→ Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
→ Default Network Settings
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
→ Printing Network Settings
→ Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
→ Checking Status Code
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
→ Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
→ Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
→ Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
→ Cannot Find Printer from Smartphone/Tablet while Using Bluetooth
→ Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
→ Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
→ Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
→ Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
→ Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
→ Network Key (Password) Unknown
→ Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
→ Checking Network Information
→ Restoring to Factory Defaults
→ Default Network Settings
→ Printing Network Settings
→ Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
→ Checking Status Code
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
→ Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
→ Cannot Find Printer from Smartphone/Tablet while Using Bluetooth
→ Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
→ Message Appears on Computer During Setup
→ Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Network Communication Problems
▶ Cannot Find Printer on Network
▶ Network Connection Problems
▶ Other Network Problems
Cannot Find Printer on Network
While performing printer setup:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
While using printer:
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
If the printer cannot be found and the Check Printer Settings screen appears after searching the printer by Automatic search on the Search for Printers screen during driver setup, click Redetect and search for the printer again by the IP address on the Search for Printers screen.
If the printer has not been found after searching it by the IP address, check network settings.

text_image
Check Printer Settings The printer could not be detected on the network. If the printer's network setup has not been completed, complete the network setup, and then click Redetect. To learn how to set up the network, click Instructions. Add Port Instructions Redetect Next > Cancel→ Checking Power Status
→ Checking PC Network Connection
→ Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings
→ Checking Wi-Fi Environment
→ Checking Printer's IP Address
→ Checking Security Software Settings
→ Checking Wireless Router Settings
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking Power Status
A
Are printer and network device (router, etc.) turned on?
Make sure the printer is turned on.
→ Checking that Power Is On
Make sure network device (router, etc.) is turned on.
If printer or network device is off:
Turn on printer or network device.
It may take a while for the printer and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on. Wait a while after turning on the printer or network device, and then click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
If printer and network device are on:
If the network devices are on, turn them off and on again.
If above does not solve the problem:
→ Checking PC Network Connection
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking PC Network Connection
A
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure the computer and network device (router, etc.) are configured and the computer is connected to the network.
If you cannot view any web pages:
Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication.
After that, configure the computer and network device.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or contact their manufacturers.
If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device, try to set up the network communication from the beginning.
If you can view web pages, or if above does not solve the problem:
→ Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings
A
Is printer set to allow wireless communication?
Make sure the QR icon is displayed on the LCD when the OK button is pressed.

text_image
Copy settings Wi-Fi setup Estimated ink ...If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to allow wireless communication. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
If icon is displayed:
→ Checking Wi-Fi Environment
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking Wi-Fi Environment
A
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the icon on the LCD when the OK button is pressed to make sure the printer is connected to the wireless router.

text_image
Copy settings Wi-Fi setup Estimated ink ...If is displayed:
- Check wireless router configuration.
After checking the wireless router setting, make sure the printer is not placed far away from the wireless router.
The printer can be up to 50 m (164 ft) from the wireless router indoors. Make sure the printer is close enough to the wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.
Note
- Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
- Check wireless router setting.
The printer and wireless router should be connected using 2.4 GHz bandwidth. Make sure the wireless router for the printer's destination is configured to use 2.4 GHz bandwidth.
Important
- Note that some wireless routers distinguish network names (SSIDs) by the last alphanumeric character according to their bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or purpose (for computer or game machine).
To check the network name (SSID) of the wireless router the printer is connected to, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the LCD.
→ LAN settings
- Print the network settings.
→ Printing Network Settings
For details, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
After taking measures above, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
If the printer cannot be detected, the printer is not connected to the wireless router. Connect the printer to the wireless router.
After connecting the printer to the wireless router, set up the network communication from the beginning.
If is displayed:
→ Checking Printer's IP Address
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's IP Address
A
Is printer's IP address specified correctly?
If printer's IP address is not specified correctly, the printer may not be found. Make sure whether printer's IP address is not used for another device.
To check the printer's IP address, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
- Display on the LCD.
→ LAN settings - Print the network settings.
→ Printing Network Settings
If the IP address is not specified correctly:
See If an error screen appears: and specify the IP address.
If the IP address is specified correctly:
→ Checking Security Software Settings
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking Security Software Settings
A
Make sure the firewall does not interfere with setup.
The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between the printer and your computer.
- If a firewall message appears:
If a firewall message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network, set the security software to allow access.
After allowing the software to access, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
- If no firewall message appears:
Temporarily disable the firewall and redo the network communication setup.
After the setup is complete, re-enable the firewall.

Note
- For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software, see instruction manual or contact its manufacturer.

If above does not solve the problem:

Checking Wireless Router Settings
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking Wireless Router Settings
A
Check wireless router settings.
Check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering, encryption key, and DHCP function.
Make sure the same radio channel is assigned to the printer and the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
In addition, make sure the wireless router you are using is configured to use 2.4 GHz bandwidth.

Important
- Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine) using alphanumeric characters at the end of network name (SSID).
After checking the wireless router settings, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
A
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check1 Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the back of the printer.

natural_image
Diagram showing a device with two cables inserted into a housing, and a close-up of the cable being inserted (no text or symbols present)
Important
- Connect the "Type-B" terminal to the printer with the notched side facing UP. For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check2 Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.

Important
- For macOS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen.
If the icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password are necessary to unlock.)
- Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.
- Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.
- Turn on printer.
Check3 If you cannot resolve problem, follow procedure below to reinstall printer driver.
- Finish setup.
-
Turn off printer.
-
Restart computer.
- Make sure you have no application software running.
- Click here and perform setup.

Check1 Make sure printer is turned on.
Make sure the status bar or LCD is lit.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
Check2
Check the

n LCD.

If the icon is not displayed, from the setup menu select Device settings > LAN settings > Wi-Fi > Advanced mode and then select Enable.
If the 📄 icon is displayed, see Check 3 or later checking items to make sure whether printer setup is complete or the settings of wireless router to connect are correct.
Check3 Make sure printer setup is complete on the computer.
If it is not, click here and perform setup.

Note
- IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
→ Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
- For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check4 Make sure printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer.
Note
- Use 2.4 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the network name (SSID) set for the printer with that for 2.4 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
To check the network name (SSID) set for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
- Display on the LCD.
→ LAN settings - Print the network settings.
→ Printing Network Settings
Note
- IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
→ Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
- For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check5 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Note
- Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Check6 Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal strength and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
→ LCD and Operation Panel
Note
- IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
→ Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
- For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check7 Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual or contact its manufacturer.
Note
- If you use a smartphone or tablet, make sure the Wi-Fi is enabled on the device.
Check8 Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Check9 Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs use a firewall by default.
Check10 If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If the problem is not resolved, click here and redo setup.
Network Connection Problems
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
▶ Network Key (Password) Unknown
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
→ Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes
→ Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
→ Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct
→ Cannot Print through Network

Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes

It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer. Make sure the computer has obtained a valid IP address, and try again to find the printer.

Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)

Check1 Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and smartphone/tablet.
- Turn on the printer or devices.
- If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
- It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2 Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure your computer is connected to the wireless router properly.
For more on checking computer settings or connection status, see the instruction manual supplied with the computer or contact the manufacturer.
Check3 Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the icon on the LCD when OK button is pressed to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router. If the Wi-Fi is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
Check4 Make sure the printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer.
Note
- Use 2.4 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the network name (SSID) set for the printer with that for 2.4 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information.
→ Printing Network Settings
Note
- IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
→ Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
- For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check5 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Note
- Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Check6 Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
→ LCD and Operation Panel
Note
- IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
→ Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
- For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check7 Make sure of the Wi-Fi channel numbers used for your computer.
You need to have the same Wi-Fi channel number that you are using for the wireless router as your computer. It is normally set in the way that you can use all the Wi-Fi channels. However, when the channels that you are using are restricted, the Wi-Fi channels do not match.
See the instruction manual provided with your computer and check the Wi-Fi channel number available for your computer.
Check8 Make sure channel set on wireless router is a usable channel as confirmed in Check 7.
If it is not, change the channel set on the wireless router.
Check9 Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs use a firewall by default.
Check10 If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If the problem is not resolved, click here and redo setup.
- Positioning:
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them.

Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct

Check1 Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2 Check printer settings.
Select Device settings > LAN settings > Wireless Direct > Advanced mode in this order and enable it.
Check3 Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4 Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
- Display on the LCD.
→ LAN settings - Print the network settings.
→ Printing Network Settings
Check5 Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
- Display on the LCD.
→ LAN settings - Print the network settings.
→ Printing Network Settings
Check6 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the printer and device close to each other.
Check7 Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.

Cannot Print/Scan through Network

Check1 Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual or contact its manufacturer.
Check2 If MP Drivers is not installed, install it. (Windows)
Click here and install the MP Drivers.
Check3 Make sure wireless router does not restrict which computers can access it.
For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router, see the wireless router instruction manual or contact its manufacturer.
Note
- To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address.
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key

WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot ect

For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.

Note
- IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
→ Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
- For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Setting an Encryption Key

For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.

Note
- IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
→ Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
- For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Selecting WPA, WPA2, or WPA/WPA2 is recommended for security reason. If your wireless router is compatible with WPA/WPA2, you can also use WPA2 or WPA.
• Using WPA/WPA2 (Windows)
The authentication method, Wi-Fi password, and dynamic encryption type must be identical among the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
Enter the Wi-Fi password configured on the wireless router.
Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically as the dynamic encryption method.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears.
Note
- This printer supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2-Personal).
- Using WEP
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
To communicate with a wireless router that generates a password automatically, you must set the printer to use the password generated by the wireless router.
- For Windows:
When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Search... on the Network Settings (Wi-Fi) screen in IJ Network Device Setup Utility, follow the on-screen instructions to set the password length, format, and the password to use.
For details, see If WEP Details Screen Appears.
Note
- If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN:
If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, check the settings in Wireless Security of AirPort Utility.
— Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for password length in AirPort Base Station.
- Select 1 for the password to use. Otherwise, computer will not be able to communicate with printer via the wireless router.
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
A
When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the printer according to the replaced one. Click here and perform setup.
Note
- IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
→ Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
- For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
→ Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router

Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Addressing or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
A
Check1 Check wireless router setting.
To check the wireless router setting, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this setting.
Check2 If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check that MAC addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are registered.
Check3 If using WPA/WPA2 key or a password, make sure encryption key for computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
For details, see Setting an Encryption Key.

With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After aging Encryption Type at Wireless Router

If you change the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set for the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
Other Network Problems
▶ Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Checking Network Information
→ Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
→ Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
→ Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
→ Checking Network Setting Information

Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address

To check the printer's IP address or MAC address, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
- Display on the LCD.
→ LAN settings
- Print the network settings.
→ Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen

Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address

To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
- For Windows:
- Select Command Prompt as shown below.
In Windows 10, right-click Start and select Command Prompt.
In Windows 8.1, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".
In Windows 7, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
- Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a network, the IP address does not appear.
- For macOS:
-
Select System Preferences from Apple menu, and then click Network.
-
Make sure network interface used by computer is selected, and then click Advanced.
Make sure Wi-Fi is selected as network interface.
- Click TCP/IP to check the IP address, or click Hardware to check the MAC address.

Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
Wireless Router

Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
- For Windows:
- Select Command Prompt as shown below.
In Windows 10, right-click Start and select Command Prompt.
In Windows 8.1, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".
In Windows 7, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
- Type the ping command and press Enter.
The ping command is as follows: ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
- For macOS:
- Start Network Utility as shown below.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > System > Library > CoreServices > Applications > Network Utility.
-
Click Ping.
-
Make sure Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected.
-
Enter IP address of target printer or target wireless router in Enter the network address to ping.
-
Click Ping.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
A message such as the following appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If "100% packet loss" appears, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is communicating with target device.

Checking Network Setting Information

To check the printer's network settings information, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
- Display on the LCD.
→ LAN settings
- Print the network settings.
→ Printing Network Settings

Important
- Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing/scanning operation from a computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the factory defaults, Click here and redo setup.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
→ Reset setting
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot print/scan from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer.
Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
→ Cannot Communicate with Printer over Wireless LAN
→ Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
Note
- For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each connection method:
→ Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
→ Printing with Google Cloud Print
→ Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)

Cannot Communicate with Printer over Wireless LAN
A
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer, check the following.
Check1 Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and smartphone/tablet.
- Turn on the printer or devices.
- If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
- It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2 Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check3 Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the icon on the LCD to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router. icon is displayed, when OK button is pressed. If the icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled.
Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
Check4 Are network settings of printer identical with those of wireless router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information.
→ Printing Network Settings
Note
- IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
→ Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
- For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check5 Are network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of wireless router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check6 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Note
- Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.
Check7 Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
→ LCD and Operation Panel

Note
- IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
→ Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
- For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
- For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct

If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the Wireless Direct, check the following.
Check1 Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2 Is Wireless Direct enabled?
From the setup menu, select Device settings > LAN settings > Wireless Direct > Advanced mode in this order and enable it.
Check3 Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4 Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
- Display on the LCD.
→ LAN settings
- Print the network settings.
→ Printing Network Settings
Check5 Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
- Display on the LCD.
→ LAN settings - Print the network settings.
→ Printing Network Settings
Check6 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the printer and device close to each other.
Check7 Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
Printing Problems
Printer Does Not Print
Ink Does Not Come Out
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
▶ Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
A
Check1 Make sure printer is turned on.
Make sure the status bar or LCD is lit.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.

Note
- If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. Wait until printing starts.
Check2 Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
- If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact the vendor of the relay device.
- There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
→ Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi

Note
- IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status. Download it from the web page.
→ For Windows
For macOS
Check3 Make sure that the cassette is correctly inserted.
If there is an object under the printer, the cassette cannot be correctly inserted and paper may not be correctly fed.
Make sure there are no objects under the printer and push the cassette flatly into the printer until it stops.
→ Loading Paper in the Cassette
Check4 When using rear tray, make sure feed slot cover is closed.
When the feed slot cover is open, paper may not be fed.
Close the feed slot cover and check if no message appears on the LCD.
→ Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
Check5 Make sure paper settings match information set for rear tray or cassette.
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the rear tray or the cassette, an error message appears on the LCD. Follow the instructions on the LCD to solve the problem.
Note
- You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
— To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer's operation panel:
→ Feed settings
— To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
→ Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
→ Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Check6 If printing from a computer, delete jobs stuck in print queue.
- For Windows:
→ Deleting the Undesired Print Job
- For macOS:
→ Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check7 Is your printer's printer driver selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
- For Windows:
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
- If multiple printers are registered to your computer, set your printer as default printer to make the one selected by default.
- For macOS:
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
- If multiple printers are registered to your computer, select Set as Default Printer from System Preferences > Printers & Scanners for a printer to make the one selected by default.
Check8 Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
- Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
• After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
Check9
If printing from a computer, restart the computer.
Restart the computer and try printing again.
A
Check1 Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the FINE cartridges.
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace empty FINE cartridges with new ones.
→ Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Check2 Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If you do not close the ink cartridge locking cover correctly, ink may not be ejected correctly.
Open the scanning unit / cover to open the ink cartridge locking cover, and then close it.
Press down the ink cartridge locking cover until it clicks into place.

natural_image
Diagram of a hand pressing a component into a device casing, showing blue arrows indicating flow or movement (no text or symbols present)Check3 Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven.
- If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:
If ink has not run out, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again.
- If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:
Perform print head deep cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later. When you turn the printer off, do not unplug it from the power supply.
- If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:
Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge.
A
Check1 Make sure paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
Check2 When loading paper, consider the following.
- When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
- When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
• Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
- When you load the paper on the rear tray, place the print side facing UP and align the right and left paper guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
• In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
- When you load the paper on the cassette, place the print side facing DOWN and align the right/left/front paper guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
Check3 Is paper too thick or curled?
→ Unsupported Media Types
Check4 When loading envelopes, consider the following.
When printing on envelopes, see Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray, and prepare the envelopes before printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check5 Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.
Check6 Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray.

natural_image
Diagram showing a printer being inserted into a rack, with no visible text or symbolsIf the paper tears in the rear tray, see List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) to remove it.
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from the power supply, then remove the foreign object.

natural_image
Illustration of a printer being inserted into a rack, showing the paper's internal structure and the tool's handle (no text or symbols present)Note
- If the feed slot cover is opened, close it slowly.
Check7 Clean paper feed roller.
→ Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
- Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check8 If two or more sheets of paper feed from cassette at once, clean inside of cassette.
→ Cleaning Cassette Pads
Check9 Are transport unit cover and rear cover attached properly?
See Rear View for the positions of the transport unit cover and the rear cover.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
A
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned/distorted lines, or uneven colors, check the paper and print quality settings first.
Check1 Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your printer for.
- Copying:
Check the settings using the operation panel.
Setting Items for Copying
- Printing from your computer:
Check the settings using the printer driver.
→ Basic Printing Setup
- Printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device:
Check the settings on your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device or using the operation panel.
→ PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Print Settings
→ PictBridge settings
- Printing from your smartphone/tablet using Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY:
Check the settings on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
→ Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check2 Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see list above).
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Note
- When printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, set the print quality setting using the operation panel.
This setting cannot be made on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
Check3 If problem is not resolved, check also the sections below.
See also the sections below:
→ Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
→ Colors Are Unclear
→ Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
→ Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
→ Vertical Line Next to Image
→ Cannot Complete Printing
→ Part of Page Is Not Printed (Windows)
→ Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
→ Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
→ Ink Blots / Paper Curl
→ Back of Paper Is Smudged
→ Uneven or Streaked Colors

Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines

Printing Is Blurry

text_image
ABCD
Colors Are Wrong

natural_image
Two-panel image showing a blue sky with two tall trees and a pink sunset over a lake, alongside a scenic autumn landscape with tall trees and golden fields (no text or symbols)
natural_image
Two photos of giraffes in a savanna, one with tall stripes and the other with green foliage (no text or symbols visible)
natural_image
Two children in outdoor setting, one looking up and the other looking down (no visible text or symbols)
White Streaks Appear

natural_image
Illustration of three stylized pink flowers with green stems against a light blue background (no text or symbols)A
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
→ Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the FINE cartridges.
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace empty FINE cartridges with new ones.
→ Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Check3 Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
If you do not close the ink cartridge locking cover correctly, ink may not be ejected correctly.
Open the scanning unit / cover to open the ink cartridge locking cover, and then close it.
Press down the ink cartridge locking cover until it clicks into place.

natural_image
Diagram of a mechanical device with a blue arrow indicating direction, showing internal components and flow arrows (no text or symbols)Check4 Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven.
- If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:
If ink has not run out, perform print head cleaning and try printing the nozzle check pattern again.
- If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:
Perform print head deep cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later. When you turn the printer off, do not unplug it from the power supply.
- If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:
Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge.
Check5 When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side of the paper.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper on the rear tray, load paper with the printable side facing up. When you load paper in the cassette, load paper with the printable side facing down.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
- When copying, see also the sections below:
Check6 Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
→ Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check7 Make sure original is properly loaded on platen.
When you load the original on the platen, load it with the side to be copied facing down.
Loading Originals
Check8 Is copy source a printed paper by printer?
If you use a printout done by this printer as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the condition of the original.
Print from the printer directly, or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
A
Check1 Is nozzle check pattern printed properly?
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven.
- If nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly:
After performing the print head cleaning, print the nozzle check pattern and examine the pattern.
- If problem is not resolved after performing print head cleaning twice:
Perform print head deep cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the printer and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later. When you turn the printer off, do not unplug it from the power supply.
- If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice:
Ink may have run out. Replace the FINE cartridge.
Check2 Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the FINE cartridges.
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace empty FINE cartridges with new ones.
→ Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Check3 Is FINE cartridge installed properly?
If you do not close the ink cartridge locking cover correctly, ink may not be ejected correctly.
Open the scanning unit / cover to open the ink cartridge locking cover, and then close it.
Press down the ink cartridge locking cover until it clicks into place.

natural_image
Diagram of a mechanical component with a blue arrow indicating direction, showing internal structure and motion arrows (no text or symbols)Note
- Printed colors may not match screen colors due to basic differences in the methods used to produce colors. Color control settings and environmental differences can also affect how colors appear on the screen. Therefore, colors of printing results may be different from those on the screen.

Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted

text_image
Image showing two overlapping document sheets with vertical lines and a large letter 'A' in the center.
Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.
→ Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2 Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position.
→ Aligning the Print Head

Note
- If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment manually.
→ Aligning the Print Head Manually
Check3 Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the operation panel or the printer driver may improve the print result.

Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched

Paper Is Smudged

natural_image
Two identical panels showing pink dandelion flowers with green stems against a light background (no text or symbols)Smudged Edges Smudged Surface


Printed Surface Is Scratched


Check1 Check paper and print quality settings.

Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory

Check2 Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing.

Supported Media Types

Check3 Correct curl before loading paper.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. Rolling this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
- Plain Paper
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
• Other Paper such as envelope
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 in. / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.

text_image
A- Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.

natural_image
Diagram showing a document being rotated by blue arrows and a blank sheet, with no text or symbols present.- Check that paper is now flat.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.

Note
- Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward. Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 in. / 3 mm (C) in height before printing. This may improve the print result.

text_image
B C B C(B) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4
Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper. If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.
This may reduce the print speed.
* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.
• From operation panel:
-
Press OK button on HOME screen.
-
Select Device settings > Print settings in this order, and then set Prevent paper abrasion to ON.
→ Changing Settings from Operation Panel
• From computer (Windows):
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
→ Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
- Select Custom Settings.
- Select Prevents paper abrasion check box and select OK.
- Check message and select OK.
- From computer (macOS):
Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion from Remote UI.
→ Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Check5 If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy, causing paper abrasion.
- Printing from your computer (Windows)
Check the brightness setting in the printer driver.
→ Adjusting Brightness
- Copying
Setting Items for Copying
Check6 Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
→ Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check7 Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
→ Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
- Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check8 Is inside of printer dirty?
During duplex printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
→ Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
• To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
Check9 Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
- For Windows:
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
→ Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
- Select Custom Settings.
- Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and select OK.
- Check message and select OK.
- For macOS:
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
→ Opening Remote UI for Maintenance

Vertical Line Next to Image

text_image
Diagram showing two identical scenes of dining tables in a European-style market, each with a blue arrow pointing to a point labeled 'A'.
Check Is loaded paper size correct?
If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, a vertical line (A) may appear in the margin.
Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.
→ Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Note
- The direction of the vertical line (A) pattern may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
- This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is ejected for cleaning.
Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems
Scanning Problems
Scanner Does Not Work
▶ ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
A
Check 1 Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2 Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer.
Check 3 If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 4 With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as needed.
Check 5 Restart the computer.
A
Check 1 Make sure MP Drivers is installed.
If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Check 2 Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.

Important
- If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times, select the one that does not include WIA.

Note
- The operation may differ depending on the application.
- Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA-compliant application.
→ Scanning with WIA Driver
Check 3 Make sure that the application supports TWAIN.
You cannot start ScanGear (scanner driver) from applications not supporting TWAIN.
Check 4 Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your application.
Mechanical Problems
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
USB Connection Problems
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
▶ Wrong Language Appears in LCD
A
Check1 Press ON button.
Check2 Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn on again.
Check3 Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
A
Check If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that time has elapsed.
- To disable the setting from the operation panel:
- Check that printer is turned on.
- Press OK button on HOME screen.
→ LCD and Operation Panel
3. Select Device settings and press the OK button.
4. Select Other device settings and press the OK button.
5. Select ECO settings and press the OK button.
6. Select Energy saving settings and press the OK button.
7. Select Auto power off and press the OK button.
8. Select Never and press the OK button.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
• To disable the setting from the computer:
For Windows, use Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or ScanGear (scanner driver) to disable the setting.
Follow the procedure below to disable the setting using Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
-
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
→ Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool) -
Select Auto Power.
-
Select Disable for Auto Power Off.
-
Select OK.
- Select OK on the displayed screen.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
Note
• See below for details on how to disable the setting from ScanGear (scanner driver).
→ Scanner Tab
A
Make sure of the checking item below when you find one of the followings.
- Printing/Scanning is slow.
- Hi-Speed USB connection does not work.
- A message such as "This device can perform faster" appears. (Windows)

Note
- If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed of USB 1.1. In this case, the printer works properly but printing speed may slow down due to the communication speed.
Check Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed USB connection.
- Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
- Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10 feet / 3 meters or so.
- Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly on your computer?
Make sure the latest Hi-Speed USB driver is working properly and obtain and install the latest version of the Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer, if necessary.

Important
- For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
A
Check1 Make sure printer is turned on.
Check2 Connect USB cable properly.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.

natural_image
Diagram of a device with two cables inserted into a housing, showing internal wiring (no text or symbols)Important
- Connect the "Type-B" terminal to the printer with the notched side facing UP. For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check3 Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
→ Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
A
Follow the instructions below to select your language.
- Press Back button repeatedly until the HOME screen is displayed.
- Press OK button on HOME screen.
- Press ▼ button 3 times and press OK button.
- Press ▼ button 6 times and press OK button.
- Use ▲ button to select language for LCD and press OK button.
The desired language appears on the LCD. - Press OK button.
Installation and Download Problems
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
▶ Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
A
If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen:
→ Other cases:
If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen:

text_image
Canon series Printer Connection Connect the printer and the computer using the USB cable. Make sure that the printer is turned on. Canon series Unable to detect the printer. Click [Troubleshooting], and check the correction procedure. Troubleshooting Cancel Troubleshooting Cancel→ Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
Other cases:
If the MP Drivers was not installed correctly, uninstall the MP Drivers, restart your computer, and then reinstall the MP Drivers.
→ Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
Click here and install the MP Drivers.
Note
- If the installer was stopped due to a Windows error, Windows operation may be unstable, and you may not be able to install the drivers. Restart your computer and then reinstall the drivers.
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
A
Download the latest MP Drivers.
Download the latest MP Drivers for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
Uninstall the existing MP Drivers and follow the installation instructions to install the latest MP Drivers that you downloaded. In the connection method selection screen, select Use the printer with Wi-Fi connection. The printer is detected automatically in the network.
Make sure the printer was found, and install the MP Drivers following the on-screen instructions.
Note
- The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without redoing settings.
Errors and Messages
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs in printing, for example if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When an error occurs, a message is displayed on the computer or on the printer. For some errors, a support code (error number) is also displayed.
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Computer Screen (Windows):

text_image
Canon series - Support Code 1000 Paper has run out. Media Type : Plain Paper Page Size : A4 1. Load paper into the rear tray correctly. 2. Press the printer's OK button. If Error Persists Cancel PrintingWhen a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Printer's LCD:

text_image
Support Code 1000 Load paper in the rear tray and align the paper guide. Close the feed slot cover and press OK. When QR is litFor details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Code for Error.
Note
- For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message (Support Code) Appears.
Message (Support Code) Appears
This section describes some of the messages that may appear.
Note
- A support code (error number) is displayed for some errors. For details on errors that have support code, see List of Support Code for Error.
If a message appears on the printer's LCD, see below.
Message Appears on Printer's LCD
If a message appears on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
→ Other Error Messages (Windows)

Message Appears on Printer's LCD
A
Check the message and take an appropriate action.
- Power was not turned off correctly the last time. Press when turning power off.
The printer may have been unplugged while the power was still on.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
- See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
- Cannot connect to the server. Please wait a while and try again.
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and try again after a while.

Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
A
Check See Automatic Duplex Printing Problems and take the appropriate action.

Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (dows)

The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
See Unplugging the Printer for unplugging the power cord.

Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)

Check1 If the status bar is off and nothing is displayed on printer's LCD, make sure printer is plugged in and turn on.
Check2 Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
- If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact the vendor of the relay device.
- There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check3 Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.
Check4 When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device status from your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
- Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.

Note
- If the User Account Control screen appears, select Continue.
- Open USB Printing Support Properties.
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.

Note
- If USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear, make sure the printer is correctly connected to the computer.

Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
- Click General tab and check for a device problem.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.

Other Error Messages (Windows)

Check If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the following:
- "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
- "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
- "Printer driver could not be found"
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and reinstall them from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.
- "Could not print Application name - File name"
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
List of Support Code for Error
Support code appears on the printer's LCD and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and appears along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the printer's LCD and computer screen and take the appropriate action in response.
Support Code Appears on Printer's LCD and Computer Screen
• 1000 to 1ZZZ
1000 1003 1200 1300 1303 1304
1309 1310 1313 1401 1403 1430
1485 1551 1552 15A1 15A2 1682
1684 1686 1687 1688 168D 1702
1703 1704 1705 1712 1713 1714
1715 1730 1731 1871 1890
• 2000 to 2ZZZ
2110 2113 2114 2120 2123 2500
2700
• 3000 to 3ZZZ
3402 3403 3405 3407 3412 3413
3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443
3444 3445 3446 3447
• 4000 to 4ZZZ
4100 4103 4104 495A
• 5000 to 5ZZZ
5011 5012 5050 5100 5200 5205
5206 5400 5700 5B02 5B03 5B04
For paper jam support codes, see also List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
- If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
→ 1300
- If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
- If the paper fed from the cassette is jammed:
→ 1303
- If the paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing:
→ 1304
- If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper:
→ 1313
- If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or if the paper is jammed inside the printer:
→ Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
- Cases other than above:
→ Other Cases
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from rear tray.
What to Do
If the paper fed from the rear tray is jammed, remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or from the rear tray following the instructions below.
- Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from rear tray, whichever is easier. Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.

natural_image
Illustration of a printer with an open lid and two blue arrows indicating print direction (no text or symbols present)Note
- If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper may be ejected automatically.
- If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press the printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
- If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the rear tray, remove the paper from inside the printer.
→ Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
- If you cannot pull the paper out from the paper output slot or from the rear tray, try to pull the paper out from the rear side of the printer.
→ Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
- Reload paper and press the printer's OK button.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, the print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the printing.
Note
- When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
- We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5 paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from cassette.
What to Do
1. Remove jammed paper.
- If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
→ 1300
• If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
→ Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• If the paper is jammed at the feed slot of the cassette:
After storing the paper output tray and the paper output support, pull out the cassette and remove the jammed paper slowly with both hands.

natural_image
Illustration of hands printing a printer into a card (no text or symbols visible)- If none of the above is applied, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open the rear cover and to remove the paper.
2. Load paper in cassette properly.
→ Loading Paper in the Cassette
3. Press the printer's OK button.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to the paper jam.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Cause
Paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing.
What to Do
1. Remove jammed paper.
- If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
→ 1300
• If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
→ Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• If the paper is jammed at the feed slot of the cassette:
After storing the paper output tray and the paper output support, pull out the cassette and remove the jammed paper slowly with both hands.

natural_image
Illustration of hands printing a printer into a card (no text or symbols visible)- If none of the above is applied, see Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side to open the rear cover and to remove the paper.
2. Load paper properly.
→ Loading Paper in the Cassette
→ Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
3. Press the printer's OK button.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to the paper jam.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Cause
Paper is jammed as printer pulled in printed paper.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper, try to remove the paper from the following locations.
- Paper output slot
→ 1300
- Inside of the printer
→ Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
- Rear side
→ Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper from the paper output slot / the feed slot of the cassette / the rear tray, or if the jammed paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the instructions below.

Note
- If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press the printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
-
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
-
Open scanning unit / cover.

natural_image
Diagram of a printer with blue arrows indicating process flow, showing internal structure without any text or symbols.
Important
- Do not touch clear film (A) and white belt (B).

text_image
A BIf you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
- Check if jammed paper is under FINE cartridge holder.
If the jammed paper is under the FINE cartridge holder, move the FINE cartridge holder to the far right or left, whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
When moving the FINE cartridge holder, hold the top of the FINE cartridge holder and slide it slowly to the far right or left.

natural_image
Diagram of an open printer with internal components and a close-up view showing the printer's handle (no text or symbols present)- Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands.

natural_image
Illustration of a printer being inserted into a paper liner, showing internal structure and a close-up of the lid (no text or symbols present)If the paper is rolled up, pull out it.

natural_image
Line drawing of a printer with an inset showing the printer's internal structure (no text or symbols)5.Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it.

natural_image
Diagram of a printer with an open lid and internal structure, showing a close-up of hands inserting a component (no text or symbols present)- Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and remove any remaining paper.
• Any paper left under the FINE cartridge holder?
- Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
- Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (C) in the printer?

text_image
Diagram of an open printer with labeled parts and a blue triangle indicating a component, marked with 'C' at the bottom.- Close scanning unit / cover gently.
To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, and then take it down gently.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
- When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly. If a paper jam message appears on the printer's LCD or on your computer screen when you resume printing after removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the printer. Check the printer again for any remaining bits of paper.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side

Note
- If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press the printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
-
Make sure you have unplugged the power cord.
-
Rotate printer so that rear side of printer faces toward you.

natural_image
Line drawing of a printer with blue circular arrows indicating rotation (no text or symbols)- Open rear tray cover and then pull up paper support.

natural_image
Diagram of a printer with a paper lid and arrow indicating rotation (no text or symbols)- Detach rear cover.
Pull out the rear cover.

natural_image
Line drawing of a printer with a hand inserting a paper into the cover (no text or symbols)
natural_image
Line drawing of a printer with a hand inserting a component into it (no text or symbols present)- Slowly pull out paper.

natural_image
Illustration of hands inserting a printer into a paper with a blue arrow indicating the print area (no text or symbols present)Note
- Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
If you were not able to remove the paper in this step, detach the transport unit cover and remove the paper by following these steps.
- Detach transport unit cover.
Lift up the transport unit cover and pull out it.

natural_image
Illustration of a printer's internal structure with a hand inserting a component (no text or symbols visible)
natural_image
Line drawing of a printer with a hand inserting a plastic into the cover (no text or symbols)2.Slowly pull out paper.

natural_image
Illustration of hands inserting a printer into a paper airplane (no text or symbols visible)
Note
- Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
- Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
- Attach transport unit cover.
Insert the transport unit cover slowly all the way into printer and take down the transport unit cover.

natural_image
Illustration of a printer with a hand inserting a plastic bag into the cover (no text or symbols visible)
natural_image
Line drawing of a printer with a hand inserting a component into the paper (no text or symbols)6. Attach rear cover.
Insert the projections of the right side of the rear cover into the printer, and then push the left side of the rear cover until it is closed completely.

natural_image
Line drawing of a printer with a hand inserting a component into the paper (no text or symbols present)
natural_image
Technical line drawing of a printer internal structure (no text or symbols)The print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the printing.
Note
- When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the rear tray.
- Paper is not loaded in the rear tray properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
- Load paper in the rear tray.
→ Loading Paper in the Rear Tray
- Align the paper guides of the rear tray with the both edges of the paper.

natural_image
Diagram of a printer with an open lid and a close-up view showing the printer's edge detail (no text or symbols present)- Set paper information for the paper in the rear tray.
→ Paper Settings
After carrying out the above measures, press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
• After loading paper in the rear tray, close the feed slot cover.
• To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
Paper is Not in the Cassette (1003)
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the cassette.
• Paper is not loaded in the cassette properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
- Load paper in the cassette.
→ Loading Paper in the Cassette
Note
- The loadable paper differs depending on the paper source. The loadable paper in the cassette is A4, Letter, A5, or B5 size plain paper.
- Load two sheets of A4/Letter-size plain paper in the cassette before aligning the print head.
- Align the paper guides of the cassette with the edges of the paper.

text_image
Diagram illustrating a mechanical assembly or folding process with blue arrows indicating directional changes in the component.After carrying out the above measures, press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
- To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button. However, if you are printing a print head alignment sheet during printer setup, do not cancel printing.
Cause
Scanning unit / cover is open.
What to Do
Close the scanning unit / cover and wait for a while.
Do not forget to close it, such as after replacing FINE cartridges.
Cause
FINE cartridge is not installed.
What to Do
Install the FINE cartridge.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

Note
- To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
Cause
FINE cartridge cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Remove the FINE cartridge and reinstall it.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Replace the FINE cartridge with a new one.
If this still does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Cause
Appropriate ink cartridge is not installed.
What to Do
Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge is not compatible with this printer.
Install the appropriate ink cartridge.
If you want to cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
Cause
FINE cartridge cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Replace the FINE cartridge.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Cause
The ink may have run out.
What to Do
The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled since the ink level cannot be correctly detected.
If you want to continue printing without this function, press the printer's Stop button for at least 5 seconds.
Canon recommends to use new genuine Canon cartridges in order to obtain optimum qualities.
Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition.
Cause
FINE cartridge is not installed properly.
What to Do
Open the scanning unit / cover to open the ink cartridge locking cover, and then remove the FINE cartridge.
Make sure that the FINE cartridges are compatible with this printer.
Then install the FINE cartridges again.
Press down the ink cartridge locking cover until it clicks into place.

natural_image
Diagram of a hand pressing down a mechanical component with blue arrows indicating motion (no text or symbols)After you install the FINE cartridge, close the scanning unit / cover.
Cause
The ink has run out.
What to Do
Replace the ink cartridge and close the scanning unit / cover.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the printer's Stop button for at least 5 seconds with the ink cartridge installed. Then printing can continue under the ink out condition.
The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled.
Replace the empty ink cartridge immediately after the printing. The resulting print quality is not satisfactory, if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890)
Cause
Shipping tape or protective material may still be attached to FINE cartridge holder.
What to Do
Open the scanning unit / cover and make sure that shipping tape and protective material have been removed from the FINE cartridge holder.
If the shipping tape or protective material is still there, remove it and close the scanning unit / cover.

natural_image
Diagram of a printer being inserted into a waste bin, showing paper feeding into a trash bin (no text or symbols present)In the case of the first printer setup, click here, select your printer name on the page, and follow the instructions.
Cause
Paper settings for printing or copying do not match cassette paper information set on printer.

Note
- See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the printer.
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows) - For copying, make the copy paper settings to match cassette paper information set on the printer.
- See below for details on cassette paper information set on the printer.
→ Paper Settings
If the print or copy paper settings do not match cassette paper information set on the printer, as shown below, a message appears on the printer's LCD.
- Paper settings specified on the printer driver:
Paper size: A5
Paper type: Plain paper
- Cassette paper information set on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Plain paper

text_image
Support Code 2110 The following paper is not loaded in the cassette. A5 NextWhat to Do
Press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.

text_image
Select what to do from the following. Print on set paper Replace paper Cancel printUse the ▲buttons to select the appropriate action, then press the printer's OK button.
Note
- Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print on set paper
Select this option to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette without changing the paper settings. For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and cassette paper information is set to A4, the A5 size setting is used to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette.
Replace paper
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the cassette.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and cassette paper information is set to A4, change the paper in the cassette to A5 paper and proceed with printing or copying.
After exchanging the paper and inserting the cassette, the paper information is automatically registered in the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
- If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the cassette, press the printer's Back button. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the printer.
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the print or copy paper settings. Change the paper settings and retry printing.
Note
• To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing or copying onto the paper in the cassette regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.
- To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the operation panel of the printer:
→ Feed settings
— To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
→ Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
→ Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Cause
Paper settings for printing or copying do not match either rear tray or cassette paper information set on printer.

Note
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the printer.
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
- For copying, make the copy paper settings to match rear tray or cassette paper information set on the printer.
• See below for details on rear tray or cassette paper information set on the printer.
→ Paper Settings
If the paper source is set to automatically switch and the print or copy paper settings do not match either rear tray or cassette paper information set on the printer, as shown below, a message appears on the printer's LCD.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver:
Paper size: A5
Paper type: Plain paper
- Rear tray and cassette paper information set on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Plain paper

text_image
Support Code 2113 The following paper is not loaded. A5 Plain paper NextWhat to Do
Press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.

text_image
Select what to do from the following. Print on set paper Replace paper Cancel printUse the ▲buttons to select the appropriate action, then press the printer's OK button.
Note
- Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print on set paper
Select this option to print or copy onto the paper in the rear tray or the cassette without changing the paper settings.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and rear tray and cassette paper information are set to A4, the A5 size setting is used to print or copy onto the paper in the cassette.
Replace paper
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the rear tray or the cassette.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and rear tray and cassette paper information are set to A4, change the paper in the rear tray or the cassette to A5 paper and proceed with printing or copying.
After changing the paper, if the paper information registration screen appears, register the paper information on the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
- If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the rear tray / cassette, press the printer's Back button. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
• See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the printer.
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the print or copy paper settings. Change the paper settings and retry printing.
Note
- To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing or copying onto the paper in the cassette regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.
- To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the operation panel of the printer:
→ Feed settings
— To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
→ Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
→ Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Cause
Paper settings for printing or copying do not match rear tray paper information set on printer.

Note
- See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the printer.
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows) - For copying, make the copy paper settings to match rear tray paper information set on the printer.
- See below for details on rear tray paper information set on the printer.
→ Paper Settings
If the print or copy paper settings do not match rear tray paper information set on the printer, as shown below, a message appears on the printer's LCD.
- Paper settings specified on the printer driver:
Paper size: A5
Paper type: Plain paper
- Rear tray paper information set on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Plain paper

text_image
Support Code 2114 The following paper is not loaded in the rear tray. A5 NextWhat to Do
Press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.

text_image
Select what to do from the following. Print on set paper Replace paper Cancel printUse the ▲buttons to select the appropriate action, then press the printer's OK button.
Note
- Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print on set paper
Select this option to print or copy onto the paper in the rear tray without changing the paper settings. For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and rear tray paper information is set to A4, the A5 size setting is used to print or copy onto the paper in the rear tray.
Replace paper
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the rear tray.
For example, if the print or copy paper setting is A5, and rear tray paper information is set to A4, change the paper in the rear tray to A5 paper and proceed with printing or copying.
After changing the paper and closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray appears. Register the paper information on the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
- If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the rear tray, press the printer's Back button. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
- See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the printer.
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
→ Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the print or copy paper settings. Change the paper settings and retry printing.
Note
• To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings for printing or copying onto the paper in the rear tray regardless of whether or not the paper matches these settings.
- To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the operation panel of the printer:
→ Feed settings
— To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
→ Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
→ Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing.
Then change the print settings and retry printing.
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If you are printing, press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing, then turn off the printer.
Check the following:
- Make sure FINE cartridge holder motion is not impeded by protective material, jammed paper, etc. Remove any impediment.
Important
- When clearing an impediment to FINE cartridge holder motion, be careful not to touch clear film (A) or white belt (B).

text_image
A BIf you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
- Make sure the FINE cartridges are properly installed.
Press down the ink cartridge locking cover until it clicks into place.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5B02
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

Note
- In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed, remove it depending on the jammed location and cause.
→ List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
C000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.